Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

(Mark One)

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission File Number 0-23245

 

 

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   36-3932190

(State of or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

231 N. Martingale Road

Schaumburg, Illinois

  60173
(Address of principal executive offices)   (zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (847) 781-3600

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

(Title of Class)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer  x      Accelerated filer  ¨       Non-accelerated filer  ¨      Smaller reporting company  ¨   
      (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company, as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the Registrant’s voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based upon the $23.02 per share closing sale price of the Registrant’s common stock on June 30, 2010 (the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second quarter), was approximately $1,429,065,900. For purposes of this calculation, the Registrant’s directors and executive officers holding outstanding shares of voting common stock have been assumed to be affiliates, with such affiliates holding an aggregate of 19,198,826 shares of the Registrant’s voting common stock on June 30, 2010. As of January 31, 2011, the number of outstanding shares of Registrant’s common stock was 77,360,646.

Portions of the Registrant’s Notice of Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION

FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

PART I

  

ITEM 1.

  

BUSINESS

     1   

ITEM 1A.

  

RISK FACTORS

     30   

ITEM 1B.

  

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

     45   

ITEM 2.

  

PROPERTIES

     45   

ITEM 3.

  

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     46   

PART II

  

ITEM 5.

  

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

     47   

ITEM 6.

  

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     49   

ITEM 7.

  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     52   

ITEM 7A.

  

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     72   

ITEM 8.

  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     72   

ITEM 9.

  

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     72   

ITEM 9A.

  

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

     73   

ITEM 9B.

  

OTHER INFORMATION

     74   

PART III

  

ITEM 10.

  

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

     75   

ITEM 11.

  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     76   

ITEM 12.

  

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT  AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     76   

ITEM 13.

  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

     76   

ITEM 14.

  

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

     77   

PART IV

  

ITEM 15.

  

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

     77   

SIGNATURES

     78   

 

i


Table of Contents

PART I

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements,” as defined in Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that reflect our current expectations regarding our future growth, results of operations, cash flows, performance and business prospects and opportunities, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. We have tried to identify forward-looking statements by using words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “plan,” “expect,” “intend,” “project,” “will,” “potential” and similar expressions, but these words are not the exclusive means of identifying forward-looking statements. These statements are based on information currently available to us and are subject to various risks, uncertainties, and other factors, including, but not limited to, those discussed herein under the caption “Risk Factors” that could cause our actual growth, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, performance and business prospects and opportunities to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these statements. Except as expressly required by the federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to update such factors or to publicly announce the results of any of the forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect future events, developments, or changed circumstances or for any other reason.

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company” and “CEC” refer to Career Education Corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. The terms “school” and “university” each refer to an individual, branded, proprietary educational institution owned by us and includes its campus locations. The term “campus” refers to an individual main or branch campus operated by one of our schools or universities.

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

The colleges, schools and universities that are part of the Career Education Corporation family offer high-quality education to a diverse student population of more than 116,000 students across the world in a variety of career-oriented disciplines through online, on-ground and hybrid learning program offerings. The more than 90 campuses that serve these students are located throughout the United States and in France, Italy, the United Kingdom and Monaco, and offer doctoral, master’s, bachelor’s and associate degrees and diploma and certificate programs.

CEC is an industry leader whose institutions are recognized globally. Those institutions include, among others, American InterContinental University (“AIU”); Brooks Institute; Colorado Technical University (“CTU”); Harrington College of Design; INSEEC Group (“INSEEC”) Schools; International University of Monaco (“IUM”); International Academy of Design & Technology (“IADT”); Istituto Marangoni; Le Cordon Bleu North America (“LCB”); and Sanford-Brown Institutes and Colleges. Through its schools, CEC is committed to providing high-quality education, enabling students to graduate and pursue rewarding career opportunities.

For more information, see CEC’s website at www.careered.com. The website includes a detailed listing of individual campus locations and web links to CEC’s colleges, schools, and universities.

During 2010, we organized our businesses across four reporting segments which include University, Health Education, Culinary Arts and International. Each segment represents a group of postsecondary education providers that offer a variety of degree and non-degree academic programs. These segments are organized by key market segment to enhance brand focus and operational alignment within each segment to more effectively execute our strategic growth plan. Prior to December 2010, our Transitional Schools segment included those schools that were being taught out and ultimately closed. In December 2010, we completed the teach out of our last remaining Transitional school, AIU – Los Angeles, CA. As a result, all current and prior period results for this campus that were previously reported in our Transitional Schools segment have been recast as a component of discontinued operations in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

1


Table of Contents

University includes our AIU, CTU, IADT, Harrington College of Design, Collins College and Brooks Institute schools. These schools collectively offer regionally and nationally accredited academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of business studies, visual communications and design technologies, film and video production, photography, health education, information technology, criminal justice, and education in an online, classroom or laboratory setting.

Health Education includes our Sanford-Brown schools, along with Brown College, Briarcliffe College, Missouri College and Gibbs College—Boston, MA. These schools collectively offer academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of health education, complemented by certain programs in business studies and information technology in a classroom, laboratory or online setting.

Culinary Arts includes our LCB schools that collectively offer culinary arts programs in the career-oriented disciplines of culinary arts, baking and pastry arts, and hotel and restaurant management in a classroom, kitchen or online setting.

International includes our INSEEC, IUM, and Istituto Marangoni schools located in France, Italy, the United Kingdom and Monaco, which collectively offer academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of business studies, health education, fashion and design, visual communications and technologies and luxury goods and services in a classroom or laboratory setting.

See Note 18 “Segment Reporting” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND AND COMPETITION

The postsecondary education industry is highly fragmented and increasingly competitive, with no one provider controlling significant market share. Students choose among providers based on programs and degrees offered, program flexibility and convenience, quality of instruction, placement rates, reputation, recruiting effectiveness and cost. Such multi-faceted market fragmentation results in significant differentiation among various education providers.

According to the National Center for Education Statistics (“NCES”), there were approximately 6,730 Title IV eligible postsecondary education institutions in the United States for the academic year 2009-10, including approximately 2,935 private, proprietary schools; approximately 1,990 public, non-profit schools; and approximately 1,805 private, non-profit schools. According to the U.S. Department of Education, in the fall of 2009 approximately 21 million students were attending institutions that participate in the various financial aid programs under Title IV of the Higher Education Act.

Our primary competitors in the publicly traded, proprietary postsecondary education industry are: Apollo Group, Bridgepoint Education, Inc., Capella Education Company, Corinthian Colleges, Inc., DeVry Inc., Education Management Corporation, Grand Canyon Education, Inc., ITT Educational Services, Kaplan, a division of the Washington Post Company and Strayer Education. We also compete with a number of privately held, proprietary and non-profit postsecondary institutions.

 

2


Table of Contents

BUSINESS AND OPERATING STRATEGY

We believe that individuals, to compete successfully in today’s demanding workplace, benefit significantly from a solid education that provides them with the foundation of knowledge and skills they can use on the job and to build meaningful careers. Our vision is to transform our Company into a progressive education leader that delivers life-changing education for generations of students. Our business and operating strategy are focused on educating students for jobs in specific fields and enabling our institutions to meet the needs and demands of our students. We have aligned our strategic plan on four primary enablers for growth:

Improve Academic Quality, Compliance and Operational Effectiveness

We have maintained our focus on delivering quality outcomes to our students as we continue to change lives through education. In order to do this, we have enhanced our efforts and introduced multiple initiatives in 2010 to improve academic quality throughout our institutions. Examples include changes in our admissions representative compensation plans, enhanced admissions processes, mystery shopping, and on-going reviews and evaluations of student management, course and recruiting processes and practices. We are confident that these efforts will improve the quality of the education we provide through our institutions, the overall student experience and lead to successful student outcomes.

We continue to focus on strengthening our foundation in regulatory compliance through our emphasis on individual and organizational responsibility and accountability. We have achieved a high level of compliance through several initiatives, which included conducting proactive internal and external assessments to identify and correct risks early, standardizing policies, processes and forms, and centralizing annual reporting to accreditors to ensure accuracy, consistency and timeliness.

In order to improve service, we continuously seek to leverage best practices and resources across our campuses. We have capitalized on our centralization efforts that continued through 2010 and were able to increase efficiencies and effectiveness in school support functions. We have also sought to minimize real estate costs and investments by utilizing existing space across our campuses to accommodate population growth and to more effectively serve our students.

Develop New Programs

To effectively serve the educational needs of our students, we offer a full range of educational options, including doctoral, master’s, bachelor’s, and associate’s degrees; and non-degree certificates and diploma programs. Our schools focus on core curricula that we believe have traditionally provided quality employment opportunities for well-prepared graduates.

In addition, we seek to foster organic growth by leveraging educational programs that have been successful at other campuses and continuing to explore opportunities to expand in programmatic areas which provide significant growth potential driven by student outcomes and employer demands. In the domestic proprietary postsecondary education market, industry data shows that the areas of highest growth potential include health education, business, education and information technology. Accordingly, we are expanding program offerings in these areas through accelerated program innovation and development.

Leverage Our Leading Technology

CEC continues to capitalize on its award-winning online architecture which we believe provides a key differentiator from other postsecondary institutions. We provide a unique integrated student experience with our proprietary virtual campus which allows the student to experience a seamless environment throughout his or her student lifecycle.

 

3


Table of Contents

CEC offers the student the full spectrum of educational options through its innovative proprietary technology. Our integrated platform is based on four primary functions: flexible access, flexible learning, social networking and the integrated experience. These functions include the online classroom, mobile access, learning resources and tutoring help, delivering student services, access to documents, collaboration tools, course information, messages and announcements, multi-channel communication with staff, advisors and faculty, a virtual commons area with integration of a social networking site and service and an alumni community. Our adaptive learning options allow students to mold the student experience to best fit their learning style.

Within our Sanford-Brown Institutes and Colleges, CEC has furthered our application of the Simpro Virtual Trainer. The Simpro Virtual Trainer software enables students to practice procedures at their convenience through virtual simulation, text, 3-D anatomy and video. Through our innovative technological expansion and focus, we have continued to enhance the student experience and differentiate our schools from other postsecondary institutions’ offerings.

Along with our fully-online platforms, we continue to develop our blended learning model, which capitalizes on our universities’ online virtual campus platform and enables students at our on-ground campuses to complete a portion of their academic programs on-ground and a portion of their academic programs online. We believe that our blended learning model provides our current and prospective students with the program flexibility they desire.

Expand Geographically

A key component of our growth strategy is the establishment of start-up branch campuses of our existing schools. Start-up branch campuses enable our schools to capitalize on new markets or geographic locations that exhibit strong enrollment and student outcome potential or exhibit the potential to establish successful operations for one of our core curricula.

During 2010, we opened six start-up branch campuses in Health Education, including SBC-Hillside and SBI-Cranston in the first quarter, SBC-Tinley Park and SBC-Indianapolis in the second quarter, SBC-Skokie in the third quarter and SBC-Portland in the fourth quarter.

We will continue to seek to grow our education institutions through measured expansion steps and expect to open additional new Health Education campuses in the upcoming year. In addition, we continue to expand our student population in existing markets through focusing our efforts on leveraging current programmatic offerings. We currently operate in 26 states and four countries outside of the U.S. We believe there are further geographic growth opportunities within the U.S. and internationally.

 

4


Table of Contents

Our operating divisions, schools and campuses are summarized in the following table:

 

School and Campus Locations

   Website         

CULINARY ARTS:

     

California Culinary Academy,

San Francisco, CA

     www.chefs.edu      

Le Cordon Bleu College (or Institute)

of Culinary Arts (“LCB”)

     www.chefs.edu      

LCB-Atlanta, Tucker, GA

     

LCB-Austin, Austin, TX

     

LCB-Boston, Cambridge, MA

     

LCB-Chicago, Chicago, IL

     

LCB-Dallas, Dallas, TX

     

LCB-Las Vegas, Las Vegas, NV

     

LCB-Los Angeles, Pasadena and Hollywood, CA(1)

     

LCB-Miami, Miramar, FL

     

LCB-Minneapolis/St. Paul,
Mendota Heights, MN

     

LCB-Orlando, Orlando, FL

     

LCB-Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA

     

LCB-Portland, Portland, OR

     

LCB-Sacramento, Sacramento, CA

     

LCB-Scottsdale (includes Online), Scottsdale, AZ

     

LCB-Seattle, Seattle, WA

     

LCB-St. Louis, St. Peters, MO

     

HEALTH EDUCATION:

     

Briarcliffe College

     www.bcl.org      

Briarcliffe College, Bethpage (includes Online)
and Queens, NY(1)

     

Briarcliffe College, Patchogue, NY

     

Brown College, Mendota Heights and

Brooklyn Center, MN(1)

     www.browncollege.edu      

Gibbs College of Boston, Inc. a private

two-year college, Boston, MA

     www.gibbsboston.edu      

Missouri College, Brentwood, MO

     www.missouricollege.com      

Sanford-Brown College (“SBC”)

     www.sanford-brown.edu      

SBC-Atlanta, Atlanta, GA

     

SBC-Cleveland, Middleburg Heights, OH

     

SBC-Collinsville, Collinsville, IL

     

SBC-Dallas, Dallas, TX

     

SBC-Dearborn, Dearborn, MI

     

SBC-Farmington, Farmington, CT

     

SBC-Fenton, Fenton, MO

     

SBC-Grand Rapids, Grand Rapids, MI

     

SBC-Hazelwood, Hazelwood, MO

     

SBC-Hillside, Hillside, IL

     

SBC-Houston, Houston, TX

     

 

5


Table of Contents

School and Campus Locations

   Website         

HEALTH EDUCATION (Cont):

     

SBC-Houston North Loop, Houston, TX

     

SBC-Indianapolis, Indianapolis, IN

     

SBC-McLean, McLean, VA

     

SBC-Phoenix, Phoenix, AZ

     

SBC-Portland, Portland, OR

     

SBC-San Antonio, San Antonio, TX

     

SBC-Skokie, Skokie, IL

     

SBC-St. Peters, St. Peters, MO

     

SBC-Tinley Park, Tinley Park, IL

     

SBC-Milwaukee, West Allis, WI

     

Sanford-Brown Institute (“SBI”)

     www.sanford-brown.edu      

SBI-Cranston, Cranston, RI

     

SBI-Ft. Lauderdale, Ft. Lauderdale, FL

     

SBI-Garden City, Garden City, NY

     

SBI-Iselin, Iselin, NJ

     

SBI-Jacksonville, Jacksonville, FL

     

SBI-Landover, Landover, MD

     

SBI-Monroeville, Monroeville, PA

     

SBI-New York, New York, NY

     

SBI-Orlando, Orlando, FL

     

SBI-Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA

     

SBI-Tampa, Tampa, FL

     

SBI-Trevose, Trevose, PA

     

SBI-White Plains, White Plains, NY

     

SBI Campus—an affiliate of Sanford-Brown

Melville, NY

     www.sanford-brown.edu      

INTERNATIONAL:

     

INSEEC Group

     www.inseec-france.com      

CEFIRE, Paris, France

     

ECE, Bordeaux and Lyon, France

     

INSEEC, Bordeaux and Paris, France

     

MBA Institute, Paris, France

     

Sup de Pub, Paris, Lyon and Bordeaux, France

     

Sup Sante, Paris and Lyon, France

     

International University of Monaco,

Monte-Carlo, Principality of Monaco

     www.monaco.edu      

Istituto Marangoni, Milan, Italy;

London, England; Paris, France

     www.istitutomarangoni.com      

UNIVERSITY:

     

American InterContinental

University (“AIU”)

     www.aiuniv.edu      

AIU Online, Hoffman Estates, IL

     www.aiuonline.edu      

AIU Atlanta, Atlanta, GA

     

AIU Houston, Houston, TX

     

AIU London, London, England

     

AIU South Florida, Weston, FL

     

Brooks Institute, Santa Barbara and

Ventura, CA (1)

     www.brooks.edu      

 

6


Table of Contents

School and Campus Locations

   Website         

UNIVERSITY (Cont):

     

Collins College, Phoenix, AZ

     www.collinscollege.edu      

Colorado Technical University (“CTU”)

CTU Colorado Springs, Colorado Springs and Pueblo, CO (1)

     www.coloradotech.edu      

CTU Denver, Denver and Westminster, CO (1)

     

CTU Kansas City, North Kansas City, MO

     

CTU Online, Colorado Springs, CO

     

CTU Sioux Falls, Sioux Falls, SD

     

Harrington College of Design, Chicago, IL

     www.interiordesign.edu      

International Academy of Design &
Technology (“IADT”)

     

IADT-Chicago, Chicago, IL

     www.iadtchicago.edu      

IADT-Detroit, Troy, MI

     www.iadtdetroit.com      

IADT-Las Vegas, Henderson, NV

     www.iadtvegas.com      

IADT-Nashville, Nashville, TN

     www.iadtnashville.com      

IADT-Online, Tampa, FL

     www.online.academy.edu      

IADT-Orlando, Orlando, FL

     www.iadt.edu      

IADT-Sacramento, Sacramento, CA

     www.iadtsacramento.com      

IADT-San Antonio, San Antonio, TX

     www.iadtsanantonio.com      

IADT-Schaumburg, Schaumburg, IL

     www.iadtschaumburg.com      

IADT-Seattle, Seattle, WA

     www.iadtseattle.com      

IADT-Tampa, Tampa, FL

     www.academy.edu      

 

(1) The first location listed represents the school’s main campus location and the second location listed represents a satellite campus of the school. We define a satellite campus as a separate location of a main or branch campus that is in reasonable geographic proximity to, and is managed by, the related main or branch campus. Satellite campuses are not included in our campus count.

Student Recruitment and Admissions

Our schools seek highly motivated, career-oriented students with both the desire and ability to complete their academic programs of choice. To promote interest among potential students, each of our schools engages in a wide variety of marketing activities. Each of our U.S. campuses has an admissions office whose staff is responsible for interacting with individuals interested in enrolling at the campuses. Admissions representatives serve as prospective students’ primary contacts, providing information to help them make informed enrollment decisions and assisting them with the completion of the enrollment process. As of December 31, 2010, our domestic schools employed 2,123 admissions representatives serving both current and potential students.

We seek to increase enrollment at each of our schools through marketing programs designed to maximize each campus’ market penetration. The geographic scope of the marketing programs as well as the media deployed varies by school and location. The following table represents our estimated percentage of domestic new student starts generated by student leads obtained from various marketing sources during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:

 

     Domestic New Student Starts by Source
Year Ended December 31,
 
     2010     2009     2008  

Internet

     71     70     71

Referrals

     16     15     14

Television and print

     9     10     9

Other

     4     5     6

 

7


Table of Contents

The admissions and entrance processes of each of our schools are intended to identify students who are equipped to meet the requirements of their chosen program of study. We believe that a success-oriented student body ultimately results in higher student retention and employment rates, increased student and employer satisfaction, and lower student default rates on government loans. Generally, to be qualified for admission to one of our schools, an applicant must have received a high school diploma or a recognized equivalent, such as a General Education Development certificate. Some of our programs may also require applicants to meet other admissions requirements, such as obtaining certain minimum scores on assessment examinations.

Student Academics

At CEC, learning outcomes and career readiness are attained by our students as a result of the quality learning experience we provide. Those learning experiences are characterized by career-oriented curriculum, engaging instructional delivery, qualified faculty, and accessible student support services. As a result, more than 500,000 students have graduated from CEC schools as of December 31, 2010.

Curriculum

Our schools and universities develop and deliver a variety of programs resulting in the award of credentials ranging from certificates and diplomas to master’s and doctorate degrees in career-oriented programs of study including visual communication and design technologies, business studies, culinary arts, health education and information technology.

CEC’s curricula, instructional delivery, and faculty comprise the learning experience that appeals to our student population and provides them with a unique opportunity to develop the knowledge, skills and competencies required for specific career outcomes. The curriculum development process begins with the identification of desired career outcomes and associated competencies, informed by advisory boards, programmatic accrediting agencies and industry standards. Subsequently, learning objectives are identified and courses are developed which foster student engagement in activities which optimally result in the attainment of program learning outcomes and employment readiness.

Instructional Delivery

CEC’s instructional delivery is based upon the belief that learning is dependent upon instructional methodologies that facilitate student engagement with the instructor, with other students and with the course content. This engagement is fundamental to student learning outcomes, regardless of whether instruction occurs within a physical or virtual classroom.

Sanford-Brown has partnered with Pegasus Lectures Inc. as a means of reinforcing student engagement with the content. Pegasus Lectures provides ultrasound continuing medical education for physicians, practicing sonographers and beginning students of sonography for the purpose of exam preparation. As a result of this partnership, Sanford-Brown students will have access to Pegasus exam preparatory review materials that are easily integrated into the curriculum at no additional cost to the student.

CTU Online and Sanford-Brown exemplify CEC’s commitment to the engagement of the learner by introducing a new student experience through a virtual health laboratory. Working with software that medical billing and coding professionals use in the workplace, the virtual health laboratory experience provides the student with:

 

   

hands-on, relevant health information management software experience;

 

   

opportunities to work with patient records for experience in coding, abstracting and chart completion;

 

   

options and convenience that accommodate diversity in student learning styles;

 

   

experience that facilitates a smooth transition from classroom theory to workplace practice; and

 

   

skills training with a recognized software product that increases graduate marketability.

 

8


Table of Contents

Construction of a virtual classroom that engages online students with their instructor, their peers and the content is critical to the achievement of student learning outcomes. CEC online instructional delivery is accomplished utilizing an innovative, student-focused learning management system. While online content delivery is very common today, CEC’s proprietary system, M.U.S.E. (My Unique Student Experience), has several features that make it distinctive in the education marketplace. M.U.S.E. allows students to apply a filter to the content, according to preferred learning styles, enabling learners to determine how they would like to engage with the course content.

Our Simpro Virtual Trainer is a highly interactive tool for students to learn, practice and perfect cognitive and clinical procedure skills. Cognitive skills, such as knowledge, recall, analytical thinking, decision making and judgment, are often difficult to develop. Simpro Virtual Trainer was designed to be a cognitive simulator that breaks down each clinical procedure into its component steps, enabling the student to use this innovative software to learn how to perform each step in the correct order, at the correct time, with the correct hand, using the correct instrument, applied to the correct anatomical structure. Simpro Virtual Trainer combines four types of media to engage and teach students that include:

 

   

rich descriptive text – with hyperlinks that users can simply click on to reference material and information;

 

   

interactive 3-D anatomy where images are specific to the procedure, helping to give students a more detailed look and familiarity with the human anatomy;

 

   

video descriptions of each procedure narrated by a medical expert; and

 

   

virtual reality simulations, where students utilize learning and testing modes.

Simpro Virtual Trainer provides diagnostic medical sonography, cardiovascular and radiography students computer-based opportunities to practice their skills and knowledge prior to entering clinical experiences, reducing the time needed in the clinical training environment.

Faculty

CEC employs approximately 6,600 appropriately credentialed, geographically disbursed, full-time and adjunct faculty who are responsible for facilitating learning in our lecture halls, kitchens, labs, studios and virtual classrooms. Our faculty are hired, assigned, developed and evaluated in compliance with state, institutional accreditation and programmatic accreditation standards. Twenty-four percent of our full-time faculty have earned master’s degrees and forty-nine percent of our adjunct instructors possess master’s degrees. Generally, all schools require the instructor to have a degree at least one level higher than the level of course being taught plus teaching and/or industry experience. General Education faculty members must possess a master’s degree. The average tenure of a CEC faculty member is 3.8 years.

Faculty Development

Instructors are required to engage in faculty development activities each year as part of the continuous improvement process. CEC has contracted with MaxKnowledge to provide online and ground instructor access to online faculty modules located within the Center for Excellence in Education (CEE). CEE provides faculty with interactive content and asynchronous discussion opportunities in areas such as teaching methodology, instructional practice, classroom management, outcomes assessment and student retention. Instructors may enroll in up to three online courses per subscription year. Additionally, each institution provides in-services as a means to support and improve instructional practice. We believe that by developing our faculty, we are enriching not only the faculty’s skills, but also the educational experience of our students.

 

9


Table of Contents

Instructional Practice in Higher Education: An Online Journal

Instructional Practice in Higher Education is an online, peer-reviewed journal sponsored by Career Education Corporation and intended to provide postsecondary faculty from the for-profit career sector an opportunity to publish work relevant to their instructional context. The online journal resides on the Imagine America Foundation (IAF) website. The journal site is located at http://www.imagine-america.org/highereducationjournal.asp.

The online journal highlights instructional theory and practice that promotes student engagement, achievement of learning outcomes, implementation of technology, and demonstration of holistic assessment within the context of career education.

A peer review board evaluates each submission to determine currency and relevancy of the topic to the target audience, as well as the degree to which the topic has been thoroughly addressed. The online journal also has an editorial board that is charged with evaluation of submissions to ensure adherence to a consistent style and appropriate documentation.

The first issue of the online journal was published in July 2010; a second issue is expected to be issued early in 2011.

Student Support Services

CEC has historically served a diverse student population. Our students represent a broad range of educational and employment experience, contributing to their college-level readiness.

Beginning in 2011, our domestic schools will be expanding the use of testing strategies to assess student readiness to engage in college-level work. For those students who are admitted to an institution but demonstrate that they may encounter academic challenges, developmental support will be provided.

Although faculty members will always serve as the primary point of contact, students may also engage the assistance of tutors and academic advisors for assistance. Students have access to technical support 24 hours each day/seven days each week. Online students have access to online reference librarians 77 hours per week.

We believe that the employment of our students in their field of study is a key indicator of the success of our schools and the fulfillment of our educational mission. Provision of personal support and assistance to our student population is a hallmark of our educational model. Each of our campuses has a career services department whose primary responsibility is to prepare students to conduct a successful job search. In addition, career services staff members assist students in identifying part-time employment, including participation in internship programs, while our students pursue their education. Part-time employment opportunities are an important part of our overall success strategy, as these opportunities may lead to permanent positions upon graduation.

As of December 31, 2010, we employed 306 individuals in the career services departments of our campuses. In addition to our career services personnel, we employ many externship coordinators who help students obtain externships that prepare them to compete in the employment market.

Additionally, there are currently 55 alumni chapters and more than 480 alumni leadership board members who assist in the management of alumni programs at the campus level. These leadership groups are engaged in creating opportunities for student/alumni interaction including panel discussions and networking seminars.

Student Retention

CEC continually emphasizes the importance of student retention at each of our schools. As is the case at any postsecondary educational institution, a portion of our students fail to complete their academic programs for a variety of personal, financial or academic reasons. Our experience indicates that increases in our revenue and

 

10


Table of Contents

profitability can be achieved through modest improvements in student retention rates. Furthermore, the costs to our schools of retaining current students are generally much less than the expense of the marketing efforts associated with attracting new students. Our schools’ consolidated retention rates for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, were approximately 67.0%, 70.0% and 66.7%, respectively. These rates were determined in accordance with the standards set forth by Accrediting Council for Independent Colleges and Schools (“ACICS”) to provide a common formula for all our schools regardless of their accreditor.

Seasonality

Our quarterly revenues and income fluctuate primarily as a result of the pattern of student enrollments. Our schools generally experience a seasonal increase in enrollment in the fall, traditionally when the largest number of new high school graduates begins postsecondary education. Furthermore, although we encourage year-round attendance at all campuses, certain programs offered by some of our schools include summer breaks. Most notably, our campuses within our International segment do not typically instruct students over the summer. Operating costs for our schools generally do not fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis. Results of operations reflect this seasonal enrollment pattern. Revenues, operating income and net income by quarter for each of the past two fiscal years are included in Note 19, “Quarterly Financial Summary” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

Employees

As of December 31, 2010, we had a total of 15,598 employees, including 1,453 students employed on a part-time basis at certain of our schools, as follows:

 

     Full-time
Non-student
Employees
     Part-time
Non-student
Employees
     Part-time
Student
Employees
    Full-time
Faculty
    Part-time
Faculty
     Total  

Corporate

     1,358         37         —          —          7         1,402   

Continuing operations

     5,929         201         1,452        1,385        5,224         14,191   

Discontinued operations

     3         —           1        —          1         5   
                                                   

Total

     7,290         238         1,453        1,385        5,232         15,598   
                                                   

Student Population

Our student population for our continuing operations as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 was 116,800 students and 105,300 students, respectively. Included in total student population for our continuing operations as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 were 44,500 students and 40,800 students, respectively, enrolled in our University, Health Education and Culinary Arts fully-online academic programs. Related student population demographic information as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, were as follows:

Student Population by Age Group

 

     As a Percentage of Total
Student Population as of
December  31,
 
     2010     2009  

Under 21

     16     16

21 to 30

     42     43

Over 30

     42     41

 

11


Table of Contents

Student Population by Core Curricula

 

     As a Percentage of Total
Student Population as of
December  31,
 
     2010     2009  

Business Studies

     50     50

Health Education

     22     20

Visual Communications and Design Technologies

     13     13

Culinary Arts

     11     11

Information Technology

     4     6

Student Population by Degree Granting Program

 

     As a Percentage of Total
Student Population as of
December  31,
 
     2010     2009  

Doctoral, Master’s, Bachelor’s Degree

     37     33

Associate Degree

     42     43

Certificate

     21     24

ACCREDITATION

In the United States, accreditation is a process through which an institution submits itself to qualitative review by an organization of peer institutions. Accrediting agencies primarily examine the academic quality of the instructional programs of an institution, and a grant of accreditation is generally viewed as certification that an institution’s programs meet generally accepted academic standards. Accrediting agencies also review the administrative and financial operations of the institutions they accredit to ensure that each institution has the resources to perform its educational mission.

Pursuant to provisions of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (“HEA”), the U.S. Department of Education (“ED”) relies on accrediting agencies to determine whether institutions’ educational programs qualify the institutions to participate in federal financial aid programs under Title IV of the HEA. The HEA and its implementing regulations specify certain standards that all recognized accrediting agencies must adopt in connection with their review of postsecondary institutions. All of our U.S. campuses are accredited by accrediting agencies recognized by ED.

AIU’s accrediting agency, the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools (“HLC”), commissioned an advisory team to visit AIU in January 2010. The advisory team conducted a review of AIU, with particular focus on program integrity. Based on the results of its review, the HLC advisory team did not cite AIU for any violations of any HLC accreditation criteria, including but not limited to those related to program length and credit hours, and did not recommend any sanction or limitation on AIU’s accreditation status. The advisory team recommended a focused visit for 2011 or 2012 to evaluate AIU’s transition to a new undergraduate credit structure which was introduced in February 2010. All new undergraduate students starting at AIU are enrolled in programs with this new credit structure. The recommended focused visit will supersede the focused visit concerning credit equivalence previously scheduled for 2010. The focused visit is currently scheduled for September 19 – 20, 2011.

In accordance with HLC policy, the advisory team’s recommendation that HLC conduct a focused visit to evaluate AIU’s transition to a new undergraduate structure was subject to review and approval by the HLC Institutional Actions Council (“IAC”) and validation by the HLC Board of Trustees. The advisory team’s recommendation was approved by the IAC on June 14, 2010, and the decision of the IAC was validated by the

 

12


Table of Contents

HLC Board of Trustees on June 23, 2010. AIU’s updated Statement of Affiliation Status and Organizational Profile were posted to the HLC’s website on Friday, July 9, 2010.

AIU has recently submitted new academic program applications to HLC, which are being reviewed by HLC in accordance with its regular practices.

A listing of our U.S.-accredited schools, including all main and branch campus locations for regulatory purposes and relevant accreditation information is provided in the following table:

ACCREDITATION TABLE

 

School, Main Campus Location

(Branch campuses are in parentheses)

   Accreditor(1)      Year of
Accreditation
Expiration(2)
 

American InterContinental University

     

Hoffman Estates, IL (Online) (Atlanta, GA; Weston, FL; Houston, TX;
London, England)

     HLC         2014   

Briarcliffe College

     

Bethpage, NY (Patchogue, NY)

     MSA         2011   

Brooks Institute

     

Santa Barbara, CA

     ACICS         2016   

Brown College

     

Mendota Heights, MN

     ACCSC         2012   

California Culinary Academy

     

San Francisco, CA

     ACCSC         2010 (3) 

Colorado Technical University

     

Colorado Springs, CO (Denver, CO; North Kansas City, MO;
Sioux Falls, SD; Online
)

     HLC         2012   

Gibbs College of Boston, Inc, a private two-year college

     

Boston, MA

     ACICS         2014   

Harrington College of Design

     

Chicago, IL

     HLC         2015   

International Academy of Design & Technology

     

Chicago, IL (Troy, MI; Schaumburg, IL; Nashville, TN; Collins College,
Phoenix, AZ)

     ACICS         2012   

Tampa, FL (Orlando, FL; Henderson, NV; Sacramento, CA;
San Antonio, TX; Seattle, WA; Online; Le Cordon Bleu College of
Culinary Arts (Orlando); Sanford-Brown College, Portland, OR)

     ACICS         2014   

Le Cordon Bleu College of Culinary Arts

     

Austin, TX (Dallas, TX; Sacramento, CA; Seattle, WA; and St. Peters, MO;
Sanford-Brown College, Collinsville, IL and Hazelwood, MO)

     ACICS         2017   

Pasadena, CA (Hollywood, CA; Sanford-Brown College, Dearborn, MI; Grand Rapids, MI; Hillside, IL; Indianapolis, IN; Phoenix, AZ; Tinley Park, IL, and Skokie, IL; Sanford-Brown Institute, Orlando, FL)

     ACICS         2012   

Portland, OR (Tucker, GA; Mendota Heights, MN)

     ACCSC         2012 (4) 
     ACICS         2014   

Scottsdale, AZ (includes Online) (Las Vegas, NV)

     ACCSC         2010 (3)(5) 

Le Cordon Bleu College of Culinary Arts in Chicago

     HLC         2018   

Chicago, IL

     

 

13


Table of Contents

School, Main Campus Location

(Branch campuses are in parentheses)

   Accreditor(1)      Year of
Accreditation
Expiration(2)
 

Le Cordon Bleu Institute of Culinary Arts

     

Pittsburgh, PA (Le Cordon Bleu College of Culinary Arts, Inc.,
a private two year college (Boston Campus); Le Cordon Bleu College
of Culinary Arts, Miramar, FL)

     ACCSC         2015 (6) 

Missouri College

     

Brentwood, MO

     ACCSC         2011   

Sanford-Brown College

     

Atlanta, GA (Houston, TX; Houston/North Loop, TX; and Middleburg Heights, OH; Sanford-Brown Institute, Ft. Lauderdale, FL; Landover, MO; New York, NY; and Trevose, PA)

     ACICS         2014   

Dallas, TX (San Antonio, TX; Sanford-Brown Institute, Garden City, NY)

     ACICS         2013   

Farmington, CT

     ACICS         2011   

Fenton, MO (St. Peters, MO)

     ACICS         2011   

McLean, VA

     ACICS         2015   

Sanford-Brown Institute

     

Cranston, RI

     ACICS         2010 (7) 

Jacksonville, FL (Iselin, NJ; Tampa, FL; Sanford-Brown College, West Allis, WI)

     ACICS         2011   

Pittsburgh, PA (Monroeville, PA)

     ACCSC         2014   

White Plains, NY

     ACICS         2013   

SBI Campus—an Affiliate of Sanford-Brown

     

Melville, NY

     ACICS         2014   

 

(1) Below is a key to the accreditation abbreviations used in the table:
  a. ACCSC—Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges
  b. ACICS—Accrediting Council for Independent Colleges and Schools
  c. MSA—Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools, Commission on Higher Education
  d. HLC—North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, Higher Learning Commission
(2) Status as of February 15, 2011. Institutions seek renewal of accreditation during the year noted.
(3) Accreditation has been extended while the institution completes the reaccreditation process.
(4) Accreditation for the Tucker branch campus, which expired in 2010, has been extended while the institution completes the reaccreditation process.
(5) Accreditation for the Las Vegas branch campus expires in 2015.
(6) Accreditation for the Miramar branch campus expires in 2011.
(7) In process of merging with SBI Campus—an Affiliate of Sanford-Brown; awaiting final approval from ED.

 

14


Table of Contents

Programmatic accreditation, while not a sufficient basis for institutional Title IV Program certification by ED, assists graduates to practice or otherwise secure appropriate employment in their chosen field and has been granted by the following accrediting agencies with respect to the following individual programs taught at certain of our campuses:

PROGRAMMATIC ACCREDITATION TABLE

 

Accrediting Body

  

Campus

  

Program Accredited

Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy Education

   Sanford-Brown College, Hazelwood    Occupational therapy assistant

Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology

   Colorado Technical University, Colorado Springs    Engineering

Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools

   Colorado Technical University, North Kansas City; Gibbs College, Boston; Missouri College; Sanford-Brown College, Atlanta, Collinsville, Dallas, Dearborn, Farmington, Fenton, Grand Rapids, Hazelwood, Houston, Houston North, McLean, Middleburg Heights, Phoenix, San Antonio, St. Peters and West Allis; Sanford-Brown Institute, Cranston, Ft. Lauderdale, Garden City, Iselin, Jacksonville, Landover, Monroeville, New York, Orlando, Pittsburgh, Tampa, Trevose, and White Plains; SBI Campus - an affiliate of Sanford-Brown, Melville    Medical assistant

Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools

   Sanford-Brown College, Dallas, Houston, Houston North and St. Peters; Sanford-Brown Institute, Ft. Lauderdale, Iselin, and Jacksonville    Surgical technology

Accrediting Commission for Programs in Hospitality Administration

   Le Cordon Bleu Institute of Culinary Arts (Pittsburgh)    Hotel and restaurant management

American Culinary Federation Education Institute

   California Culinary Academy, Le Cordon Bleu College of Culinary Arts, Austin, Las Vegas, Mendota Heights, Miramar, Orlando, Pasadena, Portland, Scottsdale, and Tucker; Le Cordon Bleu College of Culinary Arts in Chicago, Le Cordon Bleu Institute of Culinary Arts (Pittsburgh)    Culinary arts

 

15


Table of Contents

Accrediting Body

  

Campus

  

Program Accredited

American Culinary Federation Education Institute

   California Culinary Academy, Le Cordon Bleu College of Culinary Arts, Mendota Heights, Miramar, Orlando, Portland and Scottsdale; Le Cordon Bleu College of Culinary Arts in Chicago; Le Cordon Bleu Institute of Culinary Arts (Pittsburgh)    Pastry and baking

American Dental Association Commission on Dental Accreditation

   Missouri College; Sanford-Brown College, Dallas; Sanford-Brown Institute, Ft. Lauderdale, Jacksonville, and Orlando    Dental assisting

American Dental Association Commission on Dental Accreditation

   Missouri College    Dental hygiene program

The American Society of Anesthesia Technologists and Technicians

   Sanford-Brown Institute, Pittsburgh    Anesthesia technology

American Society of Health Systems Pharmacists

   Sanford-Brown College, Dallas, Houston, Houston North, and Middleburg Heights; Sanford-Brown Institute, Ft. Lauderdale, Garden City, Iselin, Jacksonville, Monroeville, New York, and Tampa    Pharmacy technician

American Veterinary Medical Association

   Sanford-Brown College, Fenton and St. Peters; Sanford-Brown Institute, Pittsburgh    Veterinary technology

CAAHEP-Curriculum Review Board of the American Association of Medical Assistants Endowment

   Colorado Technical University, Sioux Falls    Medical assistant

CAAHEP-Accreditation Review Committee on Education in Surgical Technology and Surgical Assisting

   Colorado Technical University, North Kansas City and Pueblo; Sanford-Brown College, Dallas, Houston, and Houston North; Sanford-Brown Institute, Ft. Lauderdale, Iselin, Jacksonville, and Monroeville    Surgical technology

CAAHEP-Joint Review Committee on Education in Diagnostic Medical Sonography

   Sanford-Brown College, Atlanta, Dallas, Houston and Middleburg Heights; Sanford-Brown Institute, Garden City, Iselin, Landover and Pittsburgh    Diagnostic medical sonography

Committee on Accreditation for Respiratory Care

   Sanford-Brown College, Fenton; Sanford-Brown Institute, Monroeville    Respiratory therapy

 

16


Table of Contents

Accrediting Body

  

Campus

  

Program Accredited

Council for Interior Design Accreditation

   American InterContinental University, Atlanta; Harrington College of Design; IADT Chicago, Tampa and Troy    Interior design

Joint Review Commission on Education in Radiologic Technology

   Colorado Technical University, North Kansas City; Sanford-Brown College, Fenton, Houston North, Middleburg Heights, and West Allis; Sanford-Brown Institute, Pittsburgh    Radiologic technology

National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences

   Sanford-Brown College, Houston    Medical laboratory technician

National Court Reporters Association

   Colorado Technical University, Sioux Falls    Court reporting

State Authorization and Accreditation Agencies

To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction by the relevant education agencies of the state in which it is located, accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by ED, and certified as eligible by ED. ED will certify an institution to participate in Title IV.

An institution is eligible for participation in Title IV Programs only after it has demonstrated compliance with the HEA and ED’s extensive regulations regarding institutional eligibility. An institution must also demonstrate its compliance with these requirements to ED on an ongoing basis. These standards are applied primarily on an institutional basis, with an institution defined as a main campus and its additional campus locations, if any.

State licensing agencies are responsible for the oversight of educational institutions, and continued approval by such agencies is necessary for an institution to operate and grant degrees, diplomas, or certificates to its students. Moreover, under the HEA, approval by such agencies is necessary to maintain eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs. As a result, we are subject to extensive regulation in each of the states in which our schools operate, and in other states in which our schools recruit students. Currently, each of our U.S. campuses is authorized by the state in which it is located.

On October 29, 2010, ED issued final regulations pertaining to certain aspects of the administration of the Title IV Programs, including, but not limited to, state authorization. The October 29, 2010 regulations require, among other things, that an institution offering distance learning or online programs secure the approval of those states which require such approval and provide evidence of such approval to ED upon request. These new regulations may require our schools offering distance education to obtain state approvals or registrations from additional states which currently or in the future may elect to regulate institutions that enroll their residents in online programs and courses. Our schools offering distance learning are in the process of submitting and expect to have submitted additional applications for licensures or exemptions for their distance learning programs before the end of March, 2011. We believe there are a lot of other institutions that have or will be submitting similar applications and can not anticipate how quickly the state agencies, some of whom we believe are taxed by resource shortages, will be able to respond to the applications.

State regulatory requirements for online education are inconsistent between states, change frequently and, in some instances, are not clear and the interpretation of such regulations is generally left to the discretion of state employees or agents and may not be reflected in any written policy. In response to the new ED rules, states that do not presently regulate delivery of online courses and programs may enact legislation or issue regulations that

 

17


Table of Contents

specifically address online educational programs, such as those offered by our schools, may enact or issue regulations impacting the availability of exemptions from licensure in certain states, or otherwise affect our schools’ operations.

If one of our schools offering distance learning does not have the appropriate state approvals for its online programs, it may not be able to continue to offer distance education to students in those states until it obtains the additional approvals or exemptions which could have a material impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and the value of our common stock.

The level of regulatory oversight varies substantially from state to state. In certain states in which we operate, our campuses are subject to licensure by an agency that regulates proprietary institutions and also by a separate higher education agency. State laws establish standards for, among other things, student instruction, qualifications of faculty, location and nature of facilities, and financial policies. State laws and regulations may limit our campuses’ ability to operate or to award degrees or diplomas or offer new degree programs. If any one of our campuses were to lose state authorization, it would be unable to offer educational programs, and students attending the campus would not be eligible to participate in Title IV Programs, and the lack of Title IV eligibility would likely require us to close a campus if it were to lose state authorization. See Note 12 “Commitments and Contingencies” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a further discussion of selected state regulatory matters currently affecting us and our schools.

International Regulations

Our schools that operate in France, the Principality of Monaco, Italy and the United Kingdom are subject to local government regulations. We believe that each of our international locations currently holds all necessary domestic authority to operate within its respective jurisdiction, and campus administrators work to ensure compliance with domestic regulations.

France. Our INSEEC Group (“INSEEC”) consists of nine schools which operate primarily in France and are governed by the French Ministry of Education. One of INSEEC’s schools offers health education programs and, thus, is governed by the French Ministry of Health, the French Ministry of Education and the National Professional Committee for Medical Visits for the school’s pharmaceutical test preparation and continuing education classes.

The French Ministry of Education has three levels of approval for educational institutions: diploma endorsement (Level III), state recognition (Level II), and diploma stamp (Level I, the highest level of French approval). In 1999, an additional level entitled “Master Grade,” which represents the highest level of European approval, was added.

The Level III approval, which is co-governed by the French Ministry of Employment and the French Ministry of Education, has been reorganized and the institutions affected by the reorganization are now registered in the New Certification National Register. With respect to Level II approval, Level I approval, and the European approvals, conditions that must be satisfied to obtain approvals are generally becoming more strict, requiring institutions to, among other things, provide additional financial support for research, and hire additional full-time, Ph.D.-level faculty.

Currently, two of our INSEEC schools have been granted the highest level of European approval, Master Grade, four schools have been granted Level I approval, four schools have been granted Level II approval, and seven schools have been granted Level III approval. As of December 31, 2010, one of our schools is under review for a Level III accreditation, which relates to a new approval. These approvals are subject to regular renewal, the schedule for which depends on geographic zones. All Level I renewals for our schools from the French Ministry of Education have been obtained as of December 31, 2010.

 

18


Table of Contents

Istituto Marangoni received acceptance from the French Rectorat de Paris, on November 9, 2006 and on January 27, 2011, Manchester Metropolitan University (“MMU”) recognized the Istituto Marangoni – Paris campus for the delivery of MMU accredited programs taught in English for six years. MMU is in the process of validating all Istituto Marangoni – France programs.

Principality of Monaco. The International University of Monaco delivers a full time Masters of Business Administration (“MBA”) and an Executive MBA; IUM obtained accreditation from the Association of MBAs in 2004 and the renewal of this accreditation for one year was received in May 2010. The degrees Masters and Bachelor of Science in Business Administration are recognized by the Ministry of Education in Monaco.

Italy. Istituto Marangoni, a private postsecondary fashion and design school, was granted the status of Professional Art School in Italy on December 17, 1935, and obtained authorization to open a school from the Italian Ministry of Education on February 13, 1951 and on January 27, 2011, MMU recognized the Istituto Marangoni – Milan campus for the delivery of MMU accredited programs taught in English for six years. MMU is in the process of validating all Istituto Marangoni – Italy programs.

United Kingdom. AIU London has been granted proper authority by the applicable U.S. and United Kingdom entities to grant academic credentials. AIU London is authorized to grant U.S. academic degrees by the Nonpublic Postsecondary Education Commission (NPEC) of the State of Georgia. U.S. students that attend AIU London are eligible to participate in Title IV financial assistance programs through AIU London’s status as an additional location of American InterContinental University. AIU London is listed as a recognized institution of higher education in the UK by the Business Innovation & Skills (BIS) and appears on the Department’s register. AIU London is registered in England No: 1373237. Additionally, American InterContinental University, including its campus located in the United Kingdom, is accredited by HLC (a U.S. regional accrediting association).

Istituto Marangoni – London was granted a Certificate of Accreditation by the British Accreditation Council for Independent Further and Higher Education (“BAC”) on September 26, 2006 and currently is in the process of obtaining reaccreditation by April 2011. As a result of changes in UK immigration legislation, Istituto Marangoni – London signed an articulation agreement with Manchester Metropolitan University in March 2010 to be able to continue to sponsor students from outside of the European Economic Area (which comprises all of the European Union countries plus Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland). Istituto Marangoni – London is also currently working towards meeting the requirements of United Kingdom immigration legislation as it applies to educational institutions and courses of study in the UK via a validation process in partnership with Manchester Metropolitan University.

STUDENT FINANCIAL AID

Many of our students require assistance in financing their education. For this reason, our schools participate in financial aid programs and offer financing options to those who qualify. Our U.S. schools and AIU-London are approved to participate in the Department of Education’s Title IV federal aid programs. Our schools also participate in a number of state financial aid programs and private funding options. Our schools that participate in federal and state financial aid programs are subject to extensive regulatory requirements imposed by federal and state government agencies, and other standards imposed by educational accrediting bodies.

Nature of Federal Support for Postsecondary Education in the United States

The U.S. government provides a substantial portion of its support for postsecondary education in the form of Title IV Program grants, loans and work-study programs to students who can use those funds to finance certain education related expenses at any institution that has been approved to participate by ED. These federal programs are authorized by HEA. While most students are eligible for a Title IV loan, more generally, financial aid administered under Title IV is awarded on the basis of financial need, which is generally defined under HEA as

 

19


Table of Contents

the difference between the costs associated with attending an institution and the amount a student’s family can reasonably be expected to contribute based on a federally determined formula. Among other things, recipients of Title IV Program funds must maintain a satisfactory grade point average and progress in a timely manner toward completion of their program of study.

Students at our schools may receive grants, loans and work-study opportunities to fund their education under the following Title IV Programs, although not all of our schools participate in each of these programs:

Federal Student and Parent Loans

ED’s major form of self-help aid includes loans to students and parents through the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan (“DL”) Program and the Federal Family Education Loan (“FFEL”) Program. Loans under the FFEL program are made by banks and other lending institutions directly to students or their parents. Direct Loans are available through the U.S. Government rather than through a bank or other financial institution. The major differences between the two programs are the source of the loan funds, some aspects of the application process, and the available repayment plans. For the FFEL program, our schools and students use a wide variety of lenders and guaranty agencies and have not experienced difficulties in accessing FFEL program loans. Both programs offer Federal Stafford, Federal Parent PLUS, Federal Grad PLUS and Federal Consolidation Loans. As a result of the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (“HCERA”) (Public Law 111-152), signed March 30, 2010, the FFEL Program was eliminated. The law provided that after June 30, 2010 Stafford and PLUS Loans may only be made through the DL program.

Federal Stafford Loans (“Stafford Loans”), which may either be subsidized or unsubsidized, are loans made directly to our students by banks, other lending institutions or directly from the federal government. Students who have a demonstrated financial need may be eligible to receive a subsidized Stafford Loan, with ED paying the interest on this loan while the student is enrolled at least half-time in school and during the first six months after leaving school. Students who do not demonstrate financial need may be eligible to receive an unsubsidized Stafford Loan. The student is responsible for the interest on an unsubsidized Stafford Loan while in school and after leaving school, although actual interest payments generally may be deferred by the student until after he or she has left school. Students who are eligible for a subsidized Stafford Loan may also be eligible to receive an unsubsidized Stafford Loan.

A student is not required to meet any specific credit scoring criteria to receive a Stafford Loan, but any student with a prior Stafford Loan default or who has been convicted under federal or state law of selling or possessing drugs while receiving federal aid may not be eligible. ED has established maximum annual and aggregate borrowing limits for Stafford Loans.

A Federal PLUS Loan, including both the Federal Parent PLUS and the Federal Grad PLUS, is a loan made directly to either graduate students or the parents of dependent students. Graduate students and parents who have an acceptable credit history may borrow through the Federal PLUS Loan to pay the education related expenses of a graduate student or a child who is a dependent student enrolled at least half-time at our eligible schools. The amount of a Federal PLUS Loan cannot exceed the student’s cost of attendance less all other financial aid received.

Federal Perkins Loan Program (“Perkins Loans”). Perkins Loans are made from a revolving institutional account, 75% of which is a Federal Capital Contribution from ED and the remainder of which is funded by the institution. Each institution is responsible for determination, disbursements, collections and servicing of the Federal Perkins Loans. Currently, only one of our schools participates in the Federal Perkins Loans program.

Federal Grants

Federal Pell Grant and Federal Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant. Title IV Program grants are generally made to our students under the Federal Pell Grant (“Pell Grant”) program and the Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (“FSEOG”) program. ED makes Pell Grants up to 200% of the

 

20


Table of Contents

maximum amount of $5,550 for 2010-11 per award year to students who demonstrate financial need. FSEOG program awards are designed to supplement Pell Grants up to a maximum amount of $4,000 per award year for the neediest students. An institution is required to match 33% of the allocation amount from ED for all federal funds received under the FSEOG program. The matching may be accomplished through institutional, private and/or state funds.

Academic Competitiveness Grant (“ACG”) Program. ACG program awards are available to students who have successfully completed a rigorous high school program as defined by the Secretary of Education. An ACG award provides funds for the first and second academic year of undergraduate study. To be eligible, a student must be enrolled at least half-time, must be a United States citizen or eligible non-citizen, and must be eligible to receive a Pell Grant. Second year students must also have a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 on a 4.0 scale.

The National Science and Mathematics Access to Retain Talent Grant (“SMART Grant”) Program. The SMART Grant will provide funds for each of the third and fourth years of undergraduate study. To be eligible, a student must be enrolled at least half-time, must be a United States citizen or eligible non-citizen, must be eligible to receive a Pell Grant, and must be enrolled in a physical, life or computer sciences, mathematics, technology, engineering, or in a foreign language program determined critical to national security, as defined by the Secretary of Education. Students must also maintain a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 on a 4.0 scale.

Federal Work-Study (“FWS”) Program

Generally, under the FWS program, federal funds are used to pay 75% of the cost of part-time employment of eligible students to perform work for the institution or certain off-campus organizations. The remaining 25% is paid by the institution or the student’s employer. In select cases, these federal funds under the FWS program are used to pay up to 100% of the cost of part-time employment of eligible students.

Alternative Student Financial Aid Sources

The financial aid available to our students under Title IV Programs and state programs may be less than the tuition costs at certain of our U.S. schools. Many of our students secure private loans to finance a portion of their tuition costs. These private loans are made directly to our students by financial institutions and are not guaranteed under any of the Title IV Programs.

The fees and interest rates on these private loans are generally higher than the loans made under the Title IV education loans. These fees and interest rates also vary depending on the student’s or co-borrower’s credit history, with fees and interest rates lower for those with better credit histories.

A financial institution providing a non-recourse loan assumes 100% of the credit risk on the loan. The student, or the student and a co-borrower, must meet the credit criteria established by the financial institution to receive these loans. Each financial institution establishes its own credit criteria and loan limits. Students and co-borrowers generally can borrow an amount equal to the student’s cost of attendance less all other financial aid received. SLM Corporation or its subsidiaries (collectively known as “Sallie Mae”) and Wells Fargo Education Financial Services provided the majority of non-recourse private loans to our students in our U.S. schools during the year ended December 31, 2010.

Prior to March 31, 2008, certain of our students were able to secure recourse loans with Sallie Mae and other financial institutions. These students did not qualify for non-recourse loans due to low credit scores. The loan amounts available under these recourse loan programs were generally less than the amounts available under non-recourse loan programs and often covered only the direct costs associated with their education less any other financial aid received. On February 14, 2008, we received notification from Sallie Mae that it would no longer

 

21


Table of Contents

continue to offer recourse loans to existing students entering their second or subsequent academic term. Our recourse loan program with Sallie Mae ended on March 31, 2008. The uncertainty that continues in the U.S. credit markets has made it difficult for us to obtain recourse loan arrangements with other financial institutions. As a result, in the second quarter 2008, we began to offer funding alternatives for eligible students in place of the recourse program that had previously been provided by Sallie Mae. We decided to provide payment plans directly to certain students to ensure that they can finish their existing educational programs with us and to allow new students the opportunity to attend our schools. As of December 31, 2010, we have committed to approximately $85.4 million of funding through extended payment plans. Of this amount, approximately $9.0 million is reflected within our current and non-current student receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts and net of deferred tuition revenue, on our consolidated balance sheets. Beginning in 2011, we discontinued providing payments plans to a majority of our new students. We will continue to provide payment plans to current students until they have completed their program of study. The total estimated future commitment to our students is estimated to be up to $20 million as of December 31, 2010. Business model changes, primarily within Culinary Arts, will reduce the total tuition costs for new students, thus reducing the need for additional borrowing under extended payment plans. For additional details related to this business model change, see our “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this annual report.

Legislative Action

The U.S. Congress must periodically reauthorize the HEA and other laws governing Title IV Programs and annually determines the funding level for each Title IV Program.

The Higher Education Opportunity Act was the first reauthorization of the HEA since 1998 and was signed into law on August 14, 2008. It was immediately effective for many items with others effective in the subsequent years. The Act authorizes increases in the Federal Pell Grants, changes some ACG and National SMART Grant eligibility requirements, expands Stafford Loan deferment options, provides changes to needs analysis and changes treatment of Veterans Administration benefits effective with the 2010-11 award year.

The agencies that regulate our U.S. schools, including ED, periodically revise their requirements and modify their interpretations of existing requirements.

On October 29, 2010, ED issued final regulations pertaining to certain aspects of the administration of the Title IV Programs, including, but not limited to state authorization, gainful employment, compensation rules for persons engaged in certain aspects of admissions and financial aid, determination of attendance and definition of credit hours. With one exception, these regulations will become effective July 1, 2011. ED previously announced that it was delaying until early 2011 publication of final regulations on certain further proposed gainful employment regulations, which are expected to become effective on July 1, 2012 or thereafter.

The October 29, 2010 regulations contain changes from the proposed regulations issued by ED in June 2010. The Company continues to analyze the final regulations, to identify and assess potential impacts to our business and to consider and evaluate various strategies to address those potential impacts. These new and pending regulations could have significant impacts on our business. Among the most significant regulatory changes that we have identified to date for our business are:

 

   

the elimination of certain “safe harbors” that had allowed, under limited and prescribed circumstances, payment of certain types of compensation to employees (including higher level employees) and third parties involved in student enrollment, certain recruiting, admissions or financial aid activities;

 

   

imposition of extensive record-keeping and disclosure requirements respecting the employment of graduates, as a precursor to proposed gainful employment regulations, described above, that would base the eligibility of specific programs to enroll students receiving Title IV Program funds on certain yet-to-be defined metrics including but not limited to cost of education, future earnings, student loan defaults and debt incurred in the securing of such education;

 

22


Table of Contents
   

defining a credit hour for purposes of determining program eligibility for Title IV student financial aid;

 

   

establishing more stringent state approval criteria that may require or encourage states to modify existing state approval and licensing processes;

 

   

requiring an institution that offers distance learning programs to secure the approval of each state where it enrolls students to the extent any such state requires such approval and provide evidence of such approval to ED upon request; and

 

   

strengthening the definition of proscribed “misrepresentation” to include, among other things, erroneous statements, including erroneous statements made by certain third-party vendors under contract to an institution, which may increase institutional liability and subject institutions to sanctions for statements containing inadvertent errors, and expose institutions to costly third-party litigation.

These rules are likely to require us to change certain of our business practices, incur costs of compliance and of developing and implementing changes in operations, may affect student recruitment or enrollment, may result in changes in or elimination of certain programs and may have other significant or material effects on our business. Among other things, these rules will impact or have impacted:

 

   

Our compensation programs for persons (including higher level employees) involved in student recruitment and admissions, including third-party lead generators and internet marketing vendors, which may adversely affect:

 

   

our ability to compensate our employees involved in recruitment, admissions and student aid based on relative merit,

 

   

recruitment and retention of such employees,

 

   

the motivation and effectiveness of such employees,

 

   

our ability to provide certain forms of compensation to management, impacting recruitment and retention,

 

   

compensation practices for third-parties for Internet marketing and lead-generation services,

 

   

quality of leads generated by these third-party service providers and increased cost for leads,

 

   

our marketing costs, by decreasing marketing efficiency and through increasing costs of recruiting and enrolling prospective students, and

 

   

our revenues, if we are unable to maintain or increase the rate of student enrollments.

We are terminating certain compensation payments to our affected employees and are implementing changes in contractual or other arrangements with third parties to change payments allowed with the former safe harbors related to compensation.

 

   

Our schools offering distance learning are in the process of submitting and expect to have submitted additional applications for licensures or exemptions for their distance learning programs before the end of March, 2011. At this time, the impact and potential costs of these regulations on our schools is uncertain but will increase our costs of regulatory compliance, will likely delay the introduction of new programs and have other material adverse effects on our operations, revenues, results of operations and cash flows.

 

   

If final gainful employment regulations are issued and become effective in July 2012 or thereafter, certain of our programs, primarily our Culinary Arts and Art and Design programs, may be unable to maintain eligibility to enroll students receiving Title IV Program funds or have restrictions placed upon program offerings as a result of not meeting certain prescribed metrics. Such loss of or restrictions to program eligibility may result in us determining to terminate or modify the affected programs under our current business model, and also result in a realignment on the types of educational programs we offer in order to comply with the new rules. For example, we will change our Culinary Arts operating

 

23


Table of Contents
 

model in early 2011 to position us better to potentially appeal to an even broader market and respond to the regulatory environment. If we are required to implement a number of such changes to comply with gainful employment regulations, these changes could have a material adverse impact on our enrollments, business, financial condition, results of operation, cash flows and value of our common stock.

We cannot predict with certainty the impact of the regulations issued on October 29, 2010 on our operations and cannot predict the outcome of the proposed gainful employment rules that are expected to be issued in early 2011. The costs to comply with these regulations, and the investment associated with our continuing focus on enhancing the quality of student services in order to prepare students for success in their chosen careers, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations

We and our schools are subject to and have pending audits, compliance reviews, inquiries, investigations, claims of non-compliance, and lawsuits by ED and federal and state regulatory agencies, accrediting agencies, present and former students and employees, and others that may allege violations of statutes, regulations, accreditation standards, or other regulatory requirements applicable to us or our schools.

The HEA also requires that an institution’s administration of Title IV Program funds be audited annually by an independent accounting firm and that the resulting audit report be submitted to ED for review.

If the results of any such audits, reviews, investigations, claims, or actions are unfavorable to us, we may be required to pay monetary damages or be subject to fines, operational limitations, loss of federal funding, injunctions, additional oversight and reporting, or other civil or criminal penalties. In addition, if ED or another regulatory agency determined that one of our schools improperly disbursed Title IV Program funds or violated a provision of the HEA or ED’s regulations, that school could be required to repay such funds, and could be assessed an administrative fine. We have several such matters pending against us at one or more of our schools. See Note 12 “Commitments and Contingencies – Accrediting Body and State and Federal Regulatory Matters” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of certain of these matters.

Student Loan Default Rates. An institution may lose eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV Programs if the rates at which its former students default on the repayment of their federally-guaranteed or federally-funded student loans exceed specified percentages. An institution’s cohort default rate is calculated on an annual basis as the rate at which student borrowers scheduled to begin repayment of their loans in one federal fiscal year default on those loans by the end of the next federal fiscal year.

Currently, an institution whose cohort default rate equals or exceeds 25% for three consecutive years will no longer be eligible to participate in the FFEL, DL, Pell Grant, ACG or SMART programs for the remainder of the federal fiscal year in which ED determines that such institution has lost its eligibility and for the two subsequent federal fiscal years. An institution whose cohort default rate equals or exceeds 25% for any one of the three most recent federal fiscal years, may also be placed on provisional certification status by ED for up to four years.

HEOA legislation passed in 2008 changes the evaluation period for the default calculation from two years to three years. The first three-year rate will be received in February 2012 for the period covering October 2008 through September 2011, although enforcement of the three-year rate rules will not begin until the October 2010 through September 2013 period. This three-year rate will be reviewed in 2014 and in the event the rate fails to meet ED requirements, sanctions may be instituted. In December 2009, ED published trial three-year default data for 2005 through 2007. For the 2006 and 2007 cohorts, none of CEC’s institutions were above the regulatory thresholds that will take effect in 2014. In addition, for the most recent official two-year rate computed based on the 2008 Cohort, CEC was below the proprietary school average as published by ED. Penalties today are enforced on the two-year period and begin at the 25% default level. The first three-year penalties will be enforced beginning in 2014 and at that time the threshold will be raised to 30%.

 

24


Table of Contents

An institution whose cohort default rate for any federal fiscal year exceeds 40% will no longer be eligible to participate in the FFEL or DL programs for the remainder of the federal fiscal year in which ED determines that the institution has lost its eligibility and for the two subsequent federal fiscal years. The 40% threshold will not change with the 2014 movement to a three-year rate.

Under the Perkins Loan Program, an institution whose cohort default rate equals or exceeds 15% for any year, may be placed on provisional certification status by ED for up to four years.

Student loans which have entered repayment are serviced by private organizations and/or ED’s preferred student loan servicers. Loans made under the FFEL program may continue to be serviced by private servicing organizations, but the majority of these loans have been sold to ED as part of the “Ensuring Continued Access to Student Loans Act of 2008” (ECASLA); private lenders providing federal loans under the FFEL Program were afforded the ability to sell (or “PUT”) loans to ED as a means to ensure lender liquidity and students’ continued access to federal loans. PUT loans and those originated through the Direct Loan Program are now serviced by ED’s preferred student loans servicers and are subject to the servicing requirements under ED’s contractual arrangements. In addition to ED’s servicing efforts, we have student loan default management initiatives at all of our schools that participate in Title IV Programs aimed at reducing the likelihood of our students’ failure to repay their loans in a timely manner. These initiatives emphasize the importance of students’ compliance with loan repayment requirements and provide for extensive loan counseling and proactive communication with students after they cease enrollment.

If any of our schools were to lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs due to student loan default rates being higher than ED’s thresholds and we could not arrange for adequate alternative student financing sources, we would most likely have to close those schools, which could have a material adverse effect on our student population, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

COHORT DEFAULT RATE TABLE

 

     Cohort Default Rate (2 year rate)  

School, Main Campus Location

(Branch campuses are in parentheses)

       2008             2007             2006      

American InterContinental University

      

Hoffman Estates, IL (Online) (Atlanta, GA; Weston, FL;
Houston, TX; London, England)

     12.3     10.4     8.6

Briarcliffe College

      

Bethpage, NY (Patchogue, NY)

     12.1     8.5     7.1

Brooks Institute

      

Santa Barbara, CA

     4.4     0.3     1.7

Brown College

      

Mendota Heights, MN

     3.4     4.9     6.1

California Culinary Academy

      

San Francisco, CA

     2.5     4.1     4.3

Colorado Technical University

      

Colorado Springs, CO (Denver, CO; North Kansas City, MO;
Sioux Falls, SD; Online)

     12.4     10.9     11.3

Gibbs College of Boston, Inc, a private two-year college

      

Boston, MA

     11.4     11.2     12.5

Harrington College of Design

      

Chicago, IL

     4.1     2.9     1.7

 

25


Table of Contents
     Cohort Default Rate (2 year rate)  

School, Main Campus Location

(Branch campuses are in parentheses)

       2008             2007             2006      

International Academy of Design & Technology

      

Chicago, IL (Troy, MI; Schaumburg, IL; Nashville, TN; Collins College, Phoenix, AZ)

     7.7     6.0     7.7

Tampa, FL (Orlando, FL; Henderson, NV; Sacramento, CA; San Antonio, TX; Seattle, WA; Online; Le Cordon Bleu College of Culinary Arts (Orlando); Sanford-Brown College, Portland, OR)

     8.3     7.7     6.0

Le Cordon Bleu College of Culinary Arts

      

Austin, TX (Dallas, TX; Sacramento, CA; Seattle, WA; and St. Peters, MO;
Sanford-Brown College, Collinsville, IL and Hazelwood, MO)

     6.7     7.2     8.4

Pasadena, CA (Hollywood, CA; Sanford-Brown College, Dearborn, MI; Grand Rapids, MI; Hillside, IL; Indianapolis, IN; Phoenix, AZ; Tinley Park, IL; and Skokie, IL and Sanford-Brown Institute, Orlando, FL)

     2.0     3.2     3.7

Portland, OR (Tucker, GA; Mendota Heights, MN)

     5.5     5.9     5.5

Scottsdale, AZ (includes Online) (Las Vegas, NV)

     4.8     6.7     5.1

Le Cordon Bleu College of Culinary Arts in Chicago

      

Chicago, IL

     3.5     5.9     7.0

Le Cordon Bleu Institute of Culinary Arts

      

Pittsburgh, PA (Le Cordon Bleu College of Culinary Arts, Inc., a private two year college (Boston Campus); Le Cordon Bleu College of Culinary Arts, Miramar, FL)

     6.5     6.3     5.2

Missouri College

      

Brentwood, MO

     4.1     3.8     7.7

Sanford-Brown College

      

Atlanta, GA (Houston, TX; Houston/North Loop, TX; and Middleburg Heights, OH; Sanford-Brown Institute, Ft. Lauderdale, FL; Landover, MD; New York, NY; and Trevose, PA)

     9.8     8.9     10.0

Dallas, TX (San Antonio, TX; Sanford-Brown Institute, Garden City, NY)

     12.5     9.0     9.1

Farmington, CT

     13.4     10.9     7.8

Fenton, MO (St. Peters, MO)

     7.0     7.3     6.2

McLean, VA

     10.1     12.3     14.3

Sanford-Brown Institute

      

Cranston, RI

     13.6     11.0     7.3

Jacksonville, FL (Iselin, NJ; Tampa, FL; Sanford-Brown College, West Allis, WI)

     7.9     7.9     6.1

Pittsburgh, PA (Monroeville, PA)

     6.5     9.1     8.0

White Plains, NY

     9.2     13.0     12.7

SBI Campus—an Affiliate of Sanford-Brown

      

Melville, NY

     5.9     10.2     9.7

Financial Responsibility Standards. To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must satisfy specific financial responsibility measures as prescribed by ED. ED evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards each year, based on the annual audited financial statements of an institution or its parent corporation, and on a change of control of an institution. ED’s practice is to measure our financial responsibility based on both CEC’s consolidated financial statements and those of our individual schools.

To be considered financially responsible, an institution must, among other things, (i) have sufficient cash reserves to make required refunds, (ii) be current on its debt payments, (iii) meet all of its financial obligations, and (iv) achieve a “composite score” of at least 1.50 based on the institution’s annual financial statements. ED

 

26


Table of Contents

calculates an institution’s composite score, which may range from -1.00 to 3.00, based on a combination of financial measures designed to establish the adequacy of an institution’s capital resources, its financial viability, its ability to support current operations and its ability to generate a profit. An institution that does not meet ED’s minimum composite score of 1.00 may demonstrate its financial responsibility in one of several ways, including posting a letter of credit in favor of ED in an amount equal to at least 50% of Title IV Program funds received by the institution during its prior fiscal year or posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 10% of Title IV Program funds received by the institution during its prior fiscal year and agreeing to certain additional requirements for the continued receipt of Title IV Program funds, including, in certain circumstances, receipt of Title IV Program funds under an agreement other than ED’s standard advance funding arrangement.

Currently, none of our schools are required to post a letter of credit or accept other conditions on its participation in Title IV Programs due to failure to satisfy ED’s financial responsibility standards.

Return and Refunds of Title IV Program Funds. An institution participating in Title IV Programs must correctly calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program funds that were disbursed to students who withdrew from educational programs before completing the programs, and must return those funds in a timely manner.

The portion of tuition and registration fees payments received from students but not yet earned is recorded as deferred tuition revenue and reflected as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheets, as such amounts represent revenue that we expect to earn within the next year. If a student withdraws from one of our schools prior to the completion of the academic term or program period, we refund the portion of tuition and registration fees already paid that we are not entitled to retain, pursuant to applicable federal and state law and accrediting agency standards and our refund policy. The amount of funds to be refunded to a student is calculated based upon the period of time in which the student has attended classes and the amount of tuition and registration fees paid by the student as of the student’s withdrawal date. Such refunds typically result in a reduction to deferred tuition revenue and cash on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, because generally, the Company does not recognize tuition revenue in its consolidated statement of operations until related refund provisions have lapsed.

Institutions are required to return such funds within 45 days of the date the institution determines that the student has withdrawn. An institution that is found to be in non-compliance with ED refund requirements for either of the last two completed fiscal years must post a letter of credit in favor of ED in an amount equal to 25% of the total Title IV Program refunds paid by the institution during its prior fiscal year. As of December 31, 2010, we have posted no letters of credit in favor of ED due to non-compliance with ED refund requirements.

Change of Ownership or Control. When an institution undergoes a change of ownership resulting in a change of control, as that term is defined by the state in which it is located, its accrediting agency and ED, it must secure the approval of those agencies to continue to operate and to continue to participate in Title IV Programs. If the institution is unable to re-establish state authorization and accreditation requirements and satisfy other requirements for certification by ED, the institution may lose its authority to operate and its ability to participate in Title IV Programs. An institution whose change of ownership or control is approved by the appropriate authorities is nonetheless provisionally re-certified by ED for a period of up to three years. Transactions or events that constitute a change of control by one or more of the applicable regulatory agencies, including ED, applicable state agencies, and accrediting bodies, include the acquisition of an institution from another entity or significant acquisition or disposition of an institution’s equity. It is possible that some of these events may occur without our control. Our failure to obtain, or a delay in obtaining, a required approval of any change in control from ED, applicable state agencies, or accrediting agencies could impair our ability or the ability of the affected schools to participate in Title IV Programs. If we were to undergo a change of control and a material number of our schools failed to obtain the required approvals from applicable regulatory agencies in a timely manner, our student population, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

When we acquire an institution that is eligible to participate in Title IV Programs, that institution undergoes a change of ownership resulting in a change of control as defined by ED. Each of our acquired schools in the

 

27


Table of Contents

U.S. has undergone a certification review under our ownership and has been certified to participate in Title IV Programs on a provisional basis, per ED requirements, until such time that ED signs a new Program Participation Agreement with the institution. Currently, none of our schools are subject to provisional certification status due to ED’s change of ownership criteria. The potential adverse effects of a change of control under ED regulations may influence future decisions by us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our common stock.

Opening New Schools, Start-up Branch Campuses, and Adding Educational Programs. HEA generally requires that proprietary institutions be fully operational for two years before applying to participate in Title IV Programs. However, an institution that is certified to participate in Title IV Programs may establish a start-up branch campus and participate in Title IV Programs at the start-up branch campus without reference to the two-year requirement if the start-up branch campus has received all of the necessary state and accrediting agency approvals, has been reported to ED, and meets certain other criteria as defined by ED. Nevertheless, under certain circumstances, a start-up branch campus may also be required to obtain approval from ED to be able to participate in Title IV Programs. Similarly, an institution that is eligible to participate in Title IV Programs may generally add a new educational program and disburse Title IV Program funds to students enrolled in that new program without ED approval if the new program leads to an associate level or more advanced degree and the institution already offers programs at that level, or if the new program prepares students for gainful employment in the same occupation or a related occupation as an educational program that has previously been designated as an eligible program at the institution and meets minimum length requirements. Otherwise, the institution must obtain ED’s approval before it may disburse Title IV Program funds to students enrolled in the new program.

In addition to ED regulation, certain of the state and accrediting agencies with jurisdiction over our schools have requirements that may affect our ability to open a new school, open a start-up branch campus of one of our existing schools, or begin offering a new educational program at one of our schools. If we establish a new school, add a new branch start-up campus, or expand program offerings at any of our schools without obtaining the required approvals, we would likely be liable for repayment of Title IV Program funds provided to students at that school or branch campus or enrolled in that educational program, and we could also be subject to sanctions. Also, if we are unable to obtain the approvals from ED, applicable state regulatory agencies, and accrediting agencies for any new schools, branch campuses, or program offerings where such approvals are required, or to obtain such approvals in a timely manner, our ability to grow our business would be impaired and our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

“90-10 Rule.” Under a provision of HEA commonly referred to as the “90-10 Rule,” a proprietary institution that fails to derive at least 10% of cash received from non-Title IV sources at the end of a fiscal year will be placed on provisional participation status for one fiscal year. However, if the institution does not satisfy the 90-10 rule for two consecutive fiscal years, it loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs for at least two fiscal years. If an institution violated the 90-10 Rule and became ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs but continued to disburse Title IV Program funds, ED would require the institution to repay all Title IV Program funds received by the institution after the effective date of the loss of eligibility. As of December 31, 2010, approximately 18% of our U.S. schools’ cash receipts from tuition payments, in the aggregate, were derived from non-Title IV sources.

Administrative Capability. ED regulations specify extensive criteria that an institution must satisfy to establish that it has the requisite administrative capability to participate in Title IV Programs. These criteria relate to, among other things, institutional staffing, operational standards, timely submission of accurate reports to ED and various other procedural matters. If an institution fails to satisfy any of ED’s criteria for administrative capability, ED may require the repayment of Title IV program funds disbursed by the institution, place the institution on provisional certification status, require the institution to receive Title IV Program funds under an agreement other than ED’s standard advance funding agreement while being provisionally certified, or commence a proceeding to impose a fine or limit, suspend or terminate the participation of the institution in Title IV programs.

 

28


Table of Contents

Restrictions on Payment of Commissions, Bonuses and Other Incentive Payments. An institution participating in Title IV Programs cannot provide any commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial aid to any persons or entities engaged in any student recruiting or admission activities or in making decisions regarding the award of student financial assistance. ED’s laws and regulations regarding this rule do not establish clear criteria for compliance in all circumstances. If ED determined that an institution’s compensation practices violated these standards, ED could subject the institution to monetary fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Eligibility and Certification Procedures. Under the provisions of HEA, an institution must apply to ED for continued certification to participate in Title IV Programs at least every six years or when it undergoes a change of control, as discussed above. ED may place an institution on provisional certification status if it finds that the institution does not fully satisfy all required eligibility and certification standards. Provisional certification does not generally limit an institution’s access to Title IV Program funds. ED may withdraw an institution’s provisional certification without advance notice if ED determines that the institution is not fulfilling all material requirements. In addition, an institution must obtain ED approval for certain substantial changes in its operations, including changes in an institution’s accrediting agency or state authorizing agency or changes to an institution’s structure or certain basic educational features.

Currently, Briarcliffe College and Gibbs College – Boston remain on provisional certification with ED. Briarcliffe College is on provisional certification due to ongoing open ED program reviews and is working closely with ED to become recertified by mid-2013. Gibbs College – Boston is on provisional certification due to administrative capability and is also working with ED to become recertified by mid-2013. Provisional certification for both Briarcliffe College and Gibbs College – Boston will expire on June 30, 2013.

OTHER INFORMATION

Our website address is www.careered.com. We make available within the “Investor Relations” portion of our website under the caption “Financial Information,” free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K, including any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such materials to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Materials that we file or furnish to the SEC may also be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Also, the SEC maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information that we file electronically with the SEC.

 

29


Table of Contents
Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate

If our U.S. schools fail to comply with the extensive federal regulatory requirements for school operations in the educational services industry, we could incur financial penalties, restrictions on our operations, loss of federal and state financial aid funding for our students, or loss of our authorization to operate our U.S. schools.

Federal regulatory requirements cover virtually all phases of the operations of our U.S. schools and those of our competitors, including educational program offerings, facilities, instructional and administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing and recruiting, financial operations, payment of refunds to students who withdraw, financial aid to students, acquisitions of or opening new institutions, addition of new educational programs, and changes in corporate structure and ownership. The U.S. Department of Education (“ED”) is our primary federal regulator, pursuant to the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (“HEA”).

A significant portion of our U.S.-based students rely on student aid and loan programs under Title IV of HEA (“Title IV Programs”) and we derive a substantial portion of our revenue and cash flows from Title IV Programs.

All of our U.S. schools participate in Title IV Programs and so are subject to extensive regulation by ED, various state agencies and accrediting commissions. To participate in Title IV Programs, a school must receive and maintain authorization by the appropriate state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by ED, and be certified by ED as an eligible institution. Most ED requirements are applied on an institutional basis, with an institution defined by ED as a main campus and any of its branch campuses or additional locations. Each institution is assigned an identification number known as the OPEID, or Office of Postsecondary Education Identification number, with each institution’s branches and other locations assigned to the institution’s OPEID. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, approximately 90% of the Company’s U.S.-based students who were in a program of study at any date during that year participated in student aid and loan programs under Title IV, which resulted in cash receipts recorded by the Company of approximately $1.88 billion.

The following are some of the most significant regulatory requirements and risks related to governmental and accrediting body oversight of our schools:

 

   

Student Loan Default Rates. Our U.S. schools may lose their eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs if their student loan default rates are greater than the standards set by ED. If the rates at which our former students default on repaying their federally guaranteed or federally funded student loans exceed ED-specified percentages, one or more of our schools could be placed on provisional certification status by ED or lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs for several years.

 

   

Financial Responsibility Standards and Return and Refunds of Title IV Funds. We may be required to post a letter of credit or accept other limitations, including operating restrictions, to continue our U.S. schools’ participation in Title IV Programs if we or our schools do not meet ED’s financial responsibility standards or if our schools do not correctly calculate and timely return Title IV Program funds for students who withdraw before completing their program of study. ED applies its quantitative financial responsibility tests annually based on the school’s audited financial statements and may apply the tests if a school undergoes a change in control or under other circumstances. ED also may apply the tests to us, as the parent company of our schools, and to other related entities. ED’s operating restrictions include transferring institutions to a cash-monitoring system or reimbursement instead of ED’s standard advance funding of Title IV funds, which may result in a significant delay in receiving the funds.

 

   

“90-10 Rule.” Any of our U.S. schools or OPEID’s may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs if, on a cash basis, the percentage of the cash receipts derived from Title IV Programs for two consecutive fiscal years is greater than 90%. Under HEA’s “90-10 Rule,” an OPEID that fails to

 

30


Table of Contents
 

derive at least 10% of its cash receipts from non-Title IV sources at the end of a fiscal year will be placed on provisional participation status for its next fiscal year. If the OPEID does not satisfy the 90-10 Rule for two consecutive fiscal years, it loses its eligibility to participate in the Title IV Programs for at least two fiscal years. If the OPEID violates the 90-10 Rule and becomes ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs but continues to disburse Title IV Program funds, ED would require repayment of all Title IV Program funds received by it after the effective date of the loss of eligibility. Effective July 1, 2008, the annual unsubsidized Stafford loans available for undergraduate students under the FFEL program increased by $2,000. The HEOA contains temporary “90-10” rule relief from recent increases in the availability and amount of federal aid for, among other things, all unsubsidized Stafford loans disbursed before July 1, 2011, permitting the $2,000 of additional Stafford loan availability to be counted as revenue not derived from Title IV Programs. This increase, recent increases in grants from the Pell program and other Title IV loan limits and the expiration of the temporary relief in the HEOA later this year and lack of clarity regarding technical aspects of the rules’ application to calculation methodology, could affect our schools’ ability to continue to meet the “90-10” rule in future years.

 

   

Administrative Capability. Limits may be placed on our U.S. schools’ participation in Title IV Programs if they fail to satisfy ED’s administrative capability standards that cover staffing, procedures for disbursing and safeguarding Title IV funds, reporting and other procedural matters. If a school fails to meet these criteria, ED may require repayment of previously disbursed Title IV Program funds, place the school on provisional certification status, or transfer the school from ED’s advance funding arrangement to another funding program, impose fines, or limit or terminate the school’s participation in Title IV Programs.

 

   

Restrictions on Incentive Payments. Our U.S. schools are subject to sanctions if payments of impermissible commissions, bonuses or other incentive payments are made to individuals involved in certain student recruiting, admissions or financial aid activities.

 

   

Eligibility and Certification Procedures. From time to time certain of our schools may be on provisional certification with ED due to a failure to meet ED’s criteria discussed above. ED may require corrective actions as discussed above, to and including limiting or terminating a school’s participation in Title IV Programs. Any such failure of our schools to maintain eligibility for Title IV programs that leads to corrective actions or other limits on our schools’ participation in Title IV Programs could increase our costs of regulatory compliance and could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

   

Audits. HEA also requires that an institution’s administration of Title IV Program funds be audited annually by an independent accounting firm and that the resulting audit report be submitted to ED for review. In addition, if ED or another regulatory agency determined that one of our schools improperly disbursed Title IV Program funds or violated a provision of HEA or ED’s regulations, that school could be required to repay such funds, and could be assessed an administrative fine.

ED’s program integrity regulations could materially and adversely affect our operations, business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

The agencies that regulate our U.S. schools, including ED, periodically revise their requirements and modify their interpretations of existing requirements.

On October 29, 2010, ED issued final regulations pertaining to certain aspects of the administration of the Title IV Programs, including, but not limited to state authorization, gainful employment, compensation rules for persons engaged in certain aspects of admissions and financial aid, determination of attendance and definition of credit hours. With one exception, these regulations will become effective July 1, 2011. ED previously announced that it was delaying until early 2011 publication of final regulations on certain further proposed gainful employment regulations, which are expected to become effective on July 1, 2012 or thereafter.

 

31


Table of Contents

The October 29, 2010 regulations contain changes from the proposed regulations issued by ED in June 2010. The Company continues to analyze the final regulations, to identify and assess potential impacts to our business and to consider and evaluate various strategies to address those potential impacts. These new and pending regulations could have significant impacts on our business. Among the most significant regulatory changes that we have identified to date for our business are:

 

   

the elimination of certain “safe harbors” that had allowed, under limited and prescribed circumstances, payment of certain types of compensation to employees (including higher level employees) and third parties involved in student enrollment, certain recruiting, admissions or financial aid activities;

 

   

imposition of extensive record-keeping and disclosure requirements respecting the employment of graduates, as a precursor to proposed gainful employment regulations, described above, that would base the eligibility of specific programs to enroll students receiving Title IV Program funds on certain yet-to-be defined metrics including but not limited to cost of education, future earnings, student loan defaults and debt incurred in the securing of such education;

 

   

defining a credit hour for purposes of determining program eligibility for Title IV student financial aid;

 

   

establishing more stringent state approval criteria that may require or encourage states to modify existing state approval and licensing processes;

 

   

requiring an institution that offers distance learning programs to secure the approval of each state where it enrolls students to the extent any such state requires such approval and provide evidence of such approval to ED upon request; and

 

   

strengthening the definition of proscribed “misrepresentation” to include, among other things, erroneous statements, including erroneous statements made by certain third-party vendors under contract to an institution, which may increase institutional liability and subject institutions to sanctions for statements containing inadvertent errors, and expose institutions to costly third-party litigation.

These rules are likely to require us to change certain of our business practices, incur costs of compliance and of developing and implementing changes in operations, may affect student recruitment or enrollment, may result in changes in or elimination of certain programs and may have other significant or material effects on our business. Among other things, these rules will impact or have impacted:

 

   

Our compensation programs for persons (including higher level employees) involved in student recruitment and admissions, including third-party lead generators and internet marketing vendors, which may adversely affect:

 

   

our ability to compensate our employees involved in recruitment, admissions and student aid based on relative merit,

 

   

recruitment and retention of such employees,

 

   

the motivation and effectiveness of such employees,

 

   

our ability to provide certain forms of compensation to management, impacting recruitment and retention,

 

   

compensation practices for third-parties for Internet marketing and lead-generation services,

 

   

quality of leads generated by these third-party service providers and increased cost for leads,

 

   

our marketing costs, by decreasing marketing efficiency and through increasing costs of recruiting and enrolling prospective students, and

 

   

our revenues, if we are unable to maintain or increase the rate of student enrollments.

We are terminating certain compensation payments to our affected employees and are implementing changes in contractual or other arrangements with third parties to change payments allowed with the former safe harbors related to compensation.

 

32


Table of Contents
   

Our schools offering distance learning are in the process of submitting and expect to have submitted additional applications for licensures or exemptions for their distance learning programs before the end of March, 2011. At this time, the impact and potential costs of these regulations on our schools is uncertain but will increase our costs of regulatory compliance, will likely delay the introduction of new programs and have other material adverse effects on our operations, revenues, results of operations and cash flows.

 

   

If final gainful employment regulations are issued and become effective in July 2012 or thereafter, certain of our programs, primarily our Culinary Arts and Art and Design programs, may be unable to maintain eligibility to enroll students receiving Title IV Program funds or have restrictions placed upon program offerings as a result of not meeting certain prescribed metrics. Such loss of or restrictions to program eligibility may result in us determining to terminate or modify the affected programs under our current business model, and also result in a realignment on the types of educational programs we offer in order to comply with the new rules. For example, we will change our Culinary Arts operating model in early 2011 to position us better to potentially appeal to an even broader market and respond to the regulatory environment. If we are required to implement a number of such changes to comply with gainful employment regulations, these changes could have a material adverse impact on our enrollments, business, financial condition, results of operation, cash flows and value of our common stock.

We cannot predict with certainty the impact of the regulations issued on October 29, 2010 on our operations and cannot predict the outcome of the proposed gainful employment rules that are expected to be issued in early 2011. The costs to comply with these regulations, and the investment associated with our continuing focus on enhancing the quality of student services in order to prepare students for success in their chosen careers, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Nor can we predict the effect of other legislative or regulatory changes by federal, state or other agencies regulating our education programs or other aspects of our operations, how any resulting regulations will be interpreted or whether we and our schools will be able to comply with these requirements in the future. Any such actions by other bodies that affect our programs and operations could have a material adverse effect on our student population, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The U.S. Congress has recently commenced hearings and other examinations of the for-profit educational sector that have resulted in adverse publicity for the for-profit postsecondary education sector and could result in legislation, ED rulemaking, restrictions on Title IV program participation by proprietary schools, litigation or other actions that may materially and adversely affect our business.

Both the U.S. House of Representatives Education and Labor Committee and the U.S. Senate Health, Education, Labor and Pensions Committee (“HELP Committee”) commenced a series of hearings into the for-profit postsecondary education sector in June 2010, including accreditation matters, student debt, student recruiting, student success and outcomes, and other matters. The U.S. Senate also released a report, “Emerging Risk?: An Overview of Growth, Spending, Student Debt and Unanswered Questions in For-Profit Higher Education”. The Chairmen of each of these education committees, together with other members of Congress, requested the Government Accountability Office (“GAO”) to conduct a review and prepare a report with recommendations regarding various aspects of the proprietary sector, including recruitment practices, educational quality, student outcomes, the sufficiency of integrity safeguards against waste, fraud and abuse in federal student aid programs and the degree to which proprietary institutions’ revenue is composed of Title IV and other federal funding sources. In addition, in August 2010, the HELP Committee requested information from 30 companies operating for-profit schools, including us and other for-profit publicly traded companies providing postsecondary education services. CEC is working with the HELP Committee to provide the requested information. These activities are not formally related to ED’s rulemaking processes. However, these hearings, the requested GAO review and the HELP Committee’s information request could affect ED’s rulemaking on any

 

33


Table of Contents

remaining program integrity issues, including gainful employment, or lead to additional new ED regulatory requirements, negative media coverage, federal or other investigations of the for-profit postsecondary education industry, or third-party litigation related to information arising from these activities.

We cannot predict the extent to which, or whether, these activities could result in legislation or further rulemaking affecting our participation in Title IV Programs, or result in other events that could affect aspects of our business. If any laws or regulations are adopted that limit or terminate our participation in Title IV Programs or the amount of student financial aid for which our students are eligible, our business could be adversely and materially impacted.

Government agencies, regulatory agencies and third parties may conduct compliance reviews and audits, bring claims or initiate litigation against us based on alleged noncompliance with, or violations of, the extensive regulatory requirements applicable to us, and could require us to refund amounts received under Title IV Programs or state financial aid programs or impose monetary damages, sanctions or impose significant limitations on our operations. We may be required to expend significant resources to defend against those claims.

Government and regulatory agencies and third parties may bring actions against us based on alleged violations of the extensive regulatory requirements applicable to us, alleged misrepresentations and other claims. While our compliance programs are extensive and emphasize individual and organizational responsibility for compliance, as well as employing technological compliance controls, it is possible for a single employee to engage in non-compliant behavior or make statements that violate some aspect of the extensive regulations governing our schools and business. Any alleged or other purported misrepresentations or actual infractions could result in (a) imposition of monetary fines or penalties, (b) repayment of funds received under Title IV Programs or state financial aid programs, (c) restrictions on or termination of our U.S. schools’ eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs or state financial aid programs, (d) limits on, or result in termination of, our U.S. schools’ operations or ability to grant degrees and certificates, (e) restriction or revocation of our U.S. schools’ accreditations, (f) limit our ability to open new schools or offer new programs, (g) costly adversarial proceedings, or (h) civil or criminal penalties being levied against us or our schools. Any one of these outcomes could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows or result in the imposition of significant restrictions on us and our ability to operate. We may also be required to expend significant resources defending against such claims.

Due to their participation in Title IV programs, our schools and universities are subject to periodic program reviews and audits by ED for the purpose of evaluating an institution’s compliance with Title IV requirements, identifying any liabilities to ED caused by errors in compliance, and improving future institutional capabilities. As previously disclosed, ED conducted a program review of AIU in November 2009. On July 14, 2010, AIU received a copy of ED’s Program Review Report, which is a preliminary report of ED’s findings from its program review. The Program Review Report identified six findings, two of which were deemed to be systemic findings by ED’s program review team. These two findings relate to AIU’s policy for determining student attendance in online courses for purposes of determining such students’ enrollment status, withdrawal dates and associated timing respecting the return of unearned Title IV funds. Based on information available to us as of the date of filing this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we cannot determine a range of loss for these findings or assess whether an unfavorable outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flow or financial position. The remaining findings were isolated and generally relate to processing errors. We believe the amounts involved in these four findings are immaterial. AIU submitted its response to ED’s Program Review Report on November 29, 2010. In addition, ED’s Office of Inspector General audit services division commenced a compliance audit of CTU in June 2010, covering the period July 1, 2009 to June 30, 2010, to determine whether CTU has policies and procedures to ensure that CTU administers Title IV and other federal program funds in accordance with applicable federal regulations. This compliance audit remains ongoing.

While we believe that our schools operate in substantial compliance with applicable statutes and regulations, we cannot predict the outcome of these matters, and any unfavorable outcomes could have a material adverse

 

34


Table of Contents

effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial position. See Note 12 “Commitment and Contingencies—Accrediting Body and State and Federal Regulatory Matters” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of certain of these matters.

Any failure to comply with state and regulatory requirements, or new state legislative or regulatory initiatives affecting our schools, could have a material adverse effect on our student population, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our schools are subject to extensive state-level regulation and oversight by state licensing agencies, whose approval or exemption is necessary to allow an institution to operate and grant degrees or diplomas. State laws vary from state to state, but generally establish standards for faculty qualifications, the location and nature of facilities, financial policies, new programs and student instruction, administrative staff, marketing and recruitment and other operational and administrative procedures. Any failure of one of our U.S. schools to maintain state authorization would result in that school being unable to offer educational programs and students attending the campus being ineligible for Title IV Programs. State legislatures often consider legislation affecting regulation of postsecondary educational institutions; enactment of this legislation and ensuing regulations, or changes in interpretation of existing regulations, may impose substantial costs on our schools and require them to modify their operations in order to comply with the new regulations.

Additionally, the October 29, 2010 regulations impose requirements on states with regard to their licensure and authorization of postsecondary institutions such as those operated by us. States that do not currently have an approval framework that meets ED requirements will need to modify their authorization and licensure requirements in order for them to maintain their eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs. State regulatory changes and approval and exemption processes can be lengthy and may be made more difficult and time consuming as a result of state budget challenges, increased pressures on states caused by new federal regulations and staffing shortages. These new requirements go into effect July 1, 2011, and will require our schools to act quickly to a changing state regulatory landscape as it adapts to the new guidelines imposed by ED.

The October 29, 2010 regulations also require that an institution offering distance learning or online programs secure the approval of those states which require such approval and provide evidence of such approval to ED upon request. These regulations, among other things, may require our schools offering distance education to obtain state approvals or registrations or exemptions from such requirements from additional states which currently or in the future may elect to regulate institutions that enroll the relevant states’ residents in online programs and courses. State regulatory requirements for online education are inconsistent between states, change frequently and, in some instances, are not clear, and the interpretation of such regulations is generally left to the discretion of state employees or agents and may not be reflected in any written policy. In response to the new ED rules, states that do not presently regulate delivery of online courses and programs may enact legislation or issue regulations or interpret existing regulations to specifically address online educational programs, such as those offered by our schools, may enact or issue regulations impacting the availability of exemptions from licensure in certain states, or otherwise affect our schools’ operations. Our schools offering distance learning are in the process of submitting and expect to have submitted additional applications for licensures or exemptions for their distance learning programs before the end of March, 2011. We believe there are a lot of other institutions that have or will be submitting similar applications and can not anticipate how quickly the state agencies, some of whom we believe are taxed by resource shortages, will be able to respond to the applications. If one of our schools offering distance learning does not have the appropriate state approvals for its online programs, it may not be able to continue to offer distance education to students in those states until it obtains the additional approvals or exemptions which could have a material impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and the value of our common stock.

We and our schools also are subject to and have pending audits, compliance reviews, inquiries, investigations, claims of non-compliance and litigation by ED and federal and state regulatory agencies, accrediting agencies, present and former students and employees, and others that may allege violations of statutes, regulations, accreditation standards or other regulatory requirements applicable to us or our schools.

 

35


Table of Contents

If the results of any such audits, reviews, investigations, claims, or actions are unfavorable to us, we may be required to pay monetary damages or be subject to fines, operational limitations, loss of federal funding, injunctions, additional oversight and reporting, or other civil or criminal penalties. From time to time, we may have such matters pending against us respecting one or more of our schools, and as such, they would be discussed in Note 12 “Commitments and Contingencies—Accrediting Body and State and Federal Regulatory Matters” to our consolidated financial statements.

Even if we maintain compliance with applicable governmental and accrediting body regulations, increased regulatory scrutiny or adverse publicity arising from allegations of non-compliance may increase our costs of regulatory compliance and adversely affect our financial results, growth rates and prospects.

If we fail or are unable to comply with current or future state licensing or authorization requirements, are unable to successfully obtain new required state approvals for our schools offering online education, or determine that we are unable to cost effectively comply with new or changed state licensing or authorization requirements, we could lose enrollments, eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs and revenues in any affected states, which could materially affect our revenues and our growth opportunities.

If one or more of our schools fails to maintain institutional accreditation, if one or more of our accrediting agencies loses recognition by ED, or if certain of our programs cannot obtain or maintain programmatic accreditation, our schools could lose their ability to participate in Title IV Programs, and our growth prospects, reputation and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

In the U.S., accrediting agencies periodically review the academic quality of an institution’s instructional programs and its administrative and financial operations to ensure that the institution has the resources to perform its educational mission. ED relies on accrediting agencies to assess whether an institution’s educational programs qualify the school to participate in Title IV Programs.

Furthermore, many states and professional associations require professional programs to be accredited, and require individuals who must pass professional license exams to have graduated from accredited programs. While programmatic accreditation is not a sufficient basis to qualify for institutional Title IV Program certification, programmatic certification assists program graduates to practice as professionals or otherwise seek employment in their chosen field. Those of our programs that do not have such programmatic accreditation, or fail to maintain such accreditation, may experience adverse publicity, declining enrollments, or other materially adverse impacts, which could result in it being impractical for us to continue offering such programs.

If one of our schools or programs were to be placed on probationary accreditation status or failed to qualify for or maintain accreditation, we would likely experience adverse publicity, impaired ability to attract and retain students and substantial expense to obtain unqualified accreditation status. Any loss of institutional accreditation would result in a loss of Title IV Program funds for the affected school and its students. Such events could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our participation in Title IV Programs is dependent on ED continuing to recognize the accrediting agencies that accredit our colleges and universities. The standards and practices of these agencies have recently become a focus of attention by ED. If ED ceased to recognize a particular accrediting agency for any reason, our schools that are accredited by that accrediting agency would not be eligible to participate in Title IV Programs beginning 18 months after the date such recognition ceased, unless that accrediting agency was again recognized or our schools that are accredited by that accrediting agency were accredited by another accrediting body recognized by ED. If our schools that are accredited by that accrediting agency became ineligible to participate in Title IV programs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows would be materially adversely affected. Furthermore, the recent focus by the Office of Inspector General and ED on accrediting bodies may make the accreditation review process more challenging for all of our schools when they undergo their normal accreditation review processes in the future or may lead to ED ceasing to recognize certain accrediting bodies. If

 

36


Table of Contents

this occurred, our schools may have to incur additional costs and/or curtail or modify certain program offerings in order to maintain their accreditation, or become accredited by another accrediting body recognized by ED, which could increase our schools’ operational costs, reduce their enrollments and materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Increased scrutiny by Congress and various governmental agencies regarding student loan activities have produced uncertainty concerning restrictions applicable to administration of Title IV Programs, the funding for those programs, and student lending activities. If these uncertainties are not satisfactorily or timely resolved, we may face increased regulatory burdens and costs or experience adverse impacts on our student enrollment. Investigations, claims, and actions against us and other postsecondary education providers could adversely affect our reputation, revenues, financial results and stock price.

We and other postsecondary education providers have been subject to increased regulatory scrutiny and litigation in recent years concerning student lending. State attorneys general, ED, the U.S. Congress and other parties have increasingly focused on student loan programs, including Title IV Programs, investigating allegations of conflicts of interest between some institutions and lenders that previously provided Title IV loans, lenders providing questionable incentives to schools or school employees, claims of deceptive marketing practices for student loans, and schools steering students to specific lenders. Several institutions and lenders have been cited for these problems and have made monetary payments to settle those claims. A number of schools, including our schools, have entered into codes of conduct regarding student referrals to lenders in various states.

In response to allegations on student loan programs, Congress has passed new laws, ED has enacted stricter regulations, and several states have adopted codes of conduct or enacted state laws that further regulate the conduct of lenders, schools, and school personnel. The Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (“HCERA”), which took effect on July 1, 2010, eliminated the bank-based Federal Family Education Loan Program and all new federal student loans are being made through ED’s William D. Ford Direct Loan Program. Under the Direct Loan Program, students borrow directly from ED instead of from banks, with ED’s private sector partners disbursing, servicing and collecting the loans.

Criticisms of the overall student lending and postsecondary education sectors may impact general public perception of educational institutions, including us, in a negative manner. Adverse media coverage regarding other educational institutions or regarding us directly could damage our reputation. The environment surrounding access to and cost of student loans remains in a state of flux. The uncertainty surrounding these issues, and any resolution of these issues that increases loan costs or reduces students’ access to Title IV loans or to student extended payment plans such as the ones we make available to our students, could reduce student demand for our programs, adversely impact our revenues and operating profit or result in increased regulatory scrutiny.

Risks Related to Our Business

We, and our business model, are subject to risks relating to enrollment of students. If we are not able to continue to successfully recruit and retain our students, our financial results could be materially adversely affected.

Our business model depends on student recruitment and retention by our admissions counselors and our ability to attract and retain students at our schools through marketing, including use of third-party Internet lead generators. Our admissions representatives are responsible for identifying individuals interested in enrolling in our campuses. Admissions representatives serve as prospective students’ primary contacts, providing information to help them make informed enrollment decisions and assisting students with completing the enrollment process. ED’s new incentive compensation rules eliminate safe harbors allowing payment of certain compensation to our admissions advisors, financial aid advisors and certain third parties. We have changed the pay practices for these employees and are in process of changing contractual or other pay practices for third parties engaged in these efforts on our behalf, although there remains uncertainty under the new regulations as to what constitutes permissible pay practices. These changes, any new regulatory interpretation or guidance regarding these regulations, or any new legislation or rules impacting our recruiting practices, may result in employee retention

 

37


Table of Contents

issues, increased operating and marketing costs to identify prospective students, decreased enrollments or other impacts leading to changes in our business model, or other events that could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Changes in the sources and amounts of student financial aid, restrictions on student debt repayment options, or a significant increase in financing costs for our students, could reduce our enrollments, and have a material adverse effect on our student population, revenue and financial results.

The recent recession in the U.S. economy and HCERA are impacting students’ ability to finance their postsecondary educations, including limiting access to financial aid from sources other than Title IV funds. The recent recession caused many lenders, including lenders that previously provided Title IV loans to our students, to cease providing Title IV loans to students. Because HCERA eliminates fees paid to private banks to act as intermediaries in providing loans to college students, eliminated the FFEL program, and required schools to transition to the federal direct loan program by July 1, 2010, private lenders are exiting the student loan market. As part of the “Ensuring Continued Access to Student Loans Act of 2008” (ECASLA) private lenders providing federal loans under the FFEL Program were afforded the ability to sell (or “PUT”) loans to ED as a means to ensure lender liquidity and students’ continued access to federal loans. These PUT loans would ultimately be transferred for servicing by ED preferred student loan servicers. Initial review of reporting provided by ED related to PUT loan repayment performance has demonstrated a combination of record keeping errors and an increase in default rates relative to FFEL serviced loans during the same period. In addition to PUT loans serviced by ED’s preferred servicers, ED is now responsible for originating and servicing all new federal student loans through the federal direct loan program. Given early indications of servicing performance related to Direct Loans, student repayment risk may increase as a result of the transition causing an impact to our institutions’ Cohort Default Rates which in turn could affect our institutions’ ability to maintain eligibility for Title IV Programs and could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

These changes may result in higher administrative costs for schools, including us, related to student loan administration and extending student extended payment plans or grant programs to those students unable to timely replace student loan programs currently in place with exiting lenders. If the costs of Title IV loans increase and if availability of alternate student financial aid and payment plans decrease, students may decide not to enroll in a postsecondary institution, which could have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.

We have implemented funding programs that will assist our students in continuing their program of study. We have provided payment plans directly to certain students to ensure that they can finish their current educational programs with us and to allow new students to attend our schools. As of December 31, 2010, we have committed to approximately $85.4 million of funding through student extended payment plans. This commitment is generally based upon an estimate of the amount of additional financial aid needed by the student for a given academic year, less an anticipated cancellation rate for those plans that are later reduced or cancelled out entirely. This estimated amount could vary materially from what is ultimately provided to our students. The Company expects to commit up to an additional $20 million of extended payment plan funding to current students to assist them as they complete their course of study. The Company has decided to no longer offer extended payment plans to new students, other than to a very small portion of our business. As of December 31, 2010, the amount of earned student receivables under student extended payment plans, net of allowance for doubtful accounts and net of deferred tuition revenue, was $9.0 million. The repayment risk associated with these extended payment plans has been higher than the risk associated with non-extended payment plan student receivables as evidenced by the historical repayment practices. Factors that may contribute to this higher risk of repayment include: the repayment period, which is typically up to ten years, the credit history of the student that is offered an extended payment plan as well as the overall economic environment. As of December 31, 2010, the Company is providing an allowance for doubtful accounts as student receivables related to these plans are recorded. The allowance rate being applied is seventy-five percent, which is based upon historical repayment practices.

 

38


Table of Contents

Any further actions by the U.S. Congress, ED or other regulatory bodies that significantly reduces funding for Title IV Programs or the ability of our students to participate in those programs, that reduces alternate sources of student financial aid, or that restricts our ability to offer student extended payment plans or establishes different or more stringent requirements for our U.S. schools to participate in Title IV Programs or to offer such student extended payment plans, could have a material adverse effect on our student population, course offerings, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Budget constraints in states that provide state financial aid to our students could reduce available financial aid, which could adversely affect our student population. Alternatively, improved state financing may result in increased support for lower-priced public institutions, which may increase competition for students.

A significant number of states in which our schools operate face budget constraints that may reduce state appropriations in a number of areas including state student financial aid, but we cannot predict the amount or timing of any such reductions. If state funding for our students decreases and our students are unable to secure alternative sources of funding for their education, our student population could be adversely affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows. Increased state or federal support for public institutions and community colleges, resulting in increased competition for students, also could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

If we are unable to successfully resolve pending or future litigation and regulatory and governmental inquiries involving us, our financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects could be adversely affected.

We are subject to various lawsuits, investigations and claims covering a range of matters, including, but not limited to, claims made by current and former students and employees of our schools. These claims may include qui tam actions filed in federal court by individual plaintiffs on behalf of themselves and the federal government alleging that we submitted false claims or statements to ED in violation of the False Claims Act. Qui tam actions are filed under seal, and remain under seal until the government decides whether it will intervene in the case. If the government elects to intervene in an action, it assumes primary control of that matter; if the government elects not to intervene; individual plaintiffs may continue the litigation at their own expense on behalf of the government.

We cannot predict the ultimate outcome of these matters and expect to continue to incur significant defense costs and other expenses in connection with them. We may be required to pay substantial damages or settlement costs in excess of our insurance coverage related to these matters. Government investigations and any related legal and administrative proceedings may result in the institution of administrative, civil injunctive or criminal proceedings against us and/or our current or former directors, officers or employees; or the imposition of significant fines, penalties or suspensions, or other remedies and sanctions. Any such costs and expenses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations and the market price of our common stock.

If we fail to effectively identify, pursue and integrate acquired schools, both in the U.S. and outside of the U.S., our growth could be slowed and our profitability may be adversely affected.

Acquisitions are one component of our overall long-term growth. From time to time, we engage in evaluations of, and discussions with, possible domestic and international acquisition candidates. We may not be able to identify suitable acquisition opportunities, acquire institutions on favorable terms, or successfully integrate or profitably operate acquired institutions. If we use debt to finance future acquisitions or issue securities in connection with future acquisitions, such actions could dilute the holdings of our stockholders.

Because an acquisition is considered a change in ownership and control of the acquired institution under applicable regulatory standards, we must obtain approval from ED, most applicable state agencies and accrediting agencies and possibly other regulatory bodies when we acquire an institution.

 

39


Table of Contents

We have in the past, and may in the future, acquire schools in international markets. There may be difficulties and complexities associated with our expansion into international markets, and our strategies may not succeed beyond our current markets. If we do not effectively address these risks, our growth and ability to compete may be impaired.

We must service our student population without overbuilding or over-investing in infrastructure and our online platforms.

Our increasing student enrollments may result in capacity constraints if our schools, particularly on-ground schools, are unable to adequately service the number of students enrolled or seeking to enroll in our programs. We must balance current student populations and projected growth with appropriate levels of investment in real estate and our online platforms in order to effectively manage capacity.

We are subject to the risks inherent in operating in foreign countries.

We operate schools outside of the U.S. and are subject to risks inherent in having non-domestic operations, including unfamiliar statutes and regulations for employees and postsecondary institutions, currency exchange rate fluctuations, limits on repatriation of profits, U.S.-foreign tax treaties and taxing authority, possible economic or political instability in those countries and risks associated with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar U.S. laws applicable to our operations in foreign markets.

If we fail to effectively identify, establish and operate new schools and new branch campuses of our existing schools, or to offer new educational programs, our growth may be slowed and our profitability may be adversely affected.

As part of our growth strategy, we currently anticipate opening new schools, new branch campuses of our existing schools throughout the U.S. and offering new educational programs. These activities require us to invest in management and capital expenditures, incur marketing and advertising expenses, and devote resources that are different from those required to operate our existing schools. We may be unable to identify or acquire suitable expansion opportunities to help maintain or accelerate our current growth rate, or to successfully integrate a new school or branch campus. Any failure by us to effectively identify, establish and manage the operations of a new school or branch campus could slow our growth and make any newly established school or branch campus more costly to operate than we had planned, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

We need timely approval by applicable regulatory agencies to offer new programs, expand our operations into or within certain states, or acquire additional schools. If those approvals are not timely, we may incur operating expenses (such as lease obligations) for significant time periods before we can enroll students.

To open a new school or branch campus, or to establish a new educational program, we are required to obtain the appropriate approvals from ED and applicable state and accrediting regulatory agencies, which may be conditioned, delayed or denied in a manner that could significantly affect our growth plans. Approval by these regulatory agencies may be negatively impacted due to regulatory inquiries or reviews and any adverse publicity relating to such matters. Also, any adverse action taken by ED regarding its recognition of any accrediting agency that accredits our schools or programs could adversely impact our ability to open a new school or branch campus or establish new educational programs. In addition, to be eligible to participate in Title IV Programs, ED and applicable state and accrediting bodies must certify a new school or branch campus.

Our financial performance depends, in part, on our ability to keep pace with changing market needs and technology.

Increasingly, prospective employers of students who graduate from our schools demand that their new employees possess appropriate technological skills and also appropriate “soft” skills, such as communication, critical thinking and teamwork skills. These skills can evolve rapidly in a changing economic and technological

 

40


Table of Contents

environment, so it is important for our schools’ educational programs to evolve in response to those economic and technological changes. Current or prospective students or the employers of our graduates may not accept expansion of our existing programs, improved program content and the development of new programs. Even if our schools are able to develop acceptable new and improved programs in a cost-effective manner, our schools may not be able to begin offering them as quickly as prospective employers would like or as quickly as our competitors offer similar programs. If we are unable to adequately respond to changes in market requirements due to regulatory or financial constraints, rapid technological changes or other factors, our ability to attract and retain students could be impaired, the rates at which our graduates obtain jobs involving their fields of study could decline, and our results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.

The loss of our key personnel could harm us.

Our future success depends largely on the skills, efforts and motivation of our executive officers and other key personnel, as well as on our ability to attract and retain qualified corporate managers and our schools’ ability to attract and retain qualified faculty members and administrators. We face competition in hiring personnel who possess the skill sets that we seek. In addition, key personnel may leave us and subsequently compete against us. The loss of the services of any of our key personnel, or our failure to attract and retain other qualified and experienced personnel on acceptable terms could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

In addition, to support our growth, we must hire, retain, develop and train qualified admissions representatives who are dedicated to student recruitment. If we are unable to hire, develop and train qualified admissions representatives, the effectiveness of our student recruiting efforts could be adversely affected.

If our graduates are unable to obtain professional licenses or certification in their chosen field of study, we may face declining enrollments and revenues or student claims against us.

Many of our students, particularly in the healthcare programs we offer, require or desire professional licenses and certifications in order to obtain employment in their chosen fields. Many factors affect a student’s ability to become licensed, including whether the student’s program and institution are accredited by a particular accrediting commission or approved by a professional association or by the state in which the student seeks employment, and the student’s own qualifications and attainment. If one or more states deny licenses to a significant number of our students due to factors relating to our institutions or programs, we could suffer reputational harm and declining enrollments in those institutions or programs, or face student claims or litigation that could affect our revenues and results of operations.

Our future operating results and the market price of our common stock could be materially adversely affected if we are required to write down the carrying value of nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, including long-lived assets, goodwill and intangible assets, such as our trade names.

In accordance with U.S. GAAP, we review our nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, including goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, such as our trade names, for impairment on at least an annual basis through the application of fair value-based measurements. Our estimates of fair value for these are based primarily on projected future results and expected cash flows and other assumptions. In the future, if we are required to significantly write down the value of our nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, including long-lived assets, goodwill and intangibles, our operating results and the market price of our common stock may be materially adversely affected.

We could experience decreasing enrollments or decreasing growth in our enrollments in our schools due to changing demographic trends in family size, overall declines in enrollment in postsecondary schools, job growth in fields unrelated to our core disciplines, immigration and visa laws, or other societal factors.

A September 2009 NCES report projects that between 2007 and 2018 enrollments in degree-granting postsecondary institutions increasing in a range from a low alternative projection of 9%, or 19.9 million students, to a high alternative projection of 17%, or 21.3 million students. These projected 11-year growth rates are lower

 

41


Table of Contents

than the 27% increase NCES reported for the 11-year period 1996-2007 of 14.4 million in 1996 to 18.2 million in 2007. Such a decline in the overall growth rate in the postsecondary education sector would result in increased competition for students for our programs and could impact our ability to attract and retain students and affect our growth rate in enrollments. In addition, the ability of our foreign students to obtain visas for our U.S. and our European schools is important to student recruitment. If we cannot attract new students, or develop new curricula to attract prospective students who seek degrees in fields other than our core disciplines, or accommodate changed immigration or visa rules, we may be unable to maintain and increase our student population or achieve our growth strategies, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, results of operations, financial condition and market price of our common stock.

Capacity constraints or system disruptions to our online computer networks could have a material adverse effect on our ability to attract and retain students.

Our schools’ online programs intend to increase student population. To support this growth, we will require more resources, including additional faculty, admissions, academic and financial aid personnel. This growth may place a significant strain on the operational resources of our schools.

Our schools’ online programs’ success depends, in part, on our schools’ ability to expand the content of their programs, develop new programs in a cost-effective manner, maintain good standing with regulators and accreditors, and meet students’ needs in a timely manner. New programs can be delayed due to current and future unforeseen regulatory restrictions. Furthermore, our regulators may impose additional restrictions or conditions on the manner in which we offer online courses to our students, any one of which could negatively impact our business or results of operations.

Any general decline in internet use for any reason, including security or privacy concerns, cost of internet service or changes in government regulation, could result in less demand for online educational services and inhibit our planned growth in our online programs.

For our online and on-ground campuses, the performance and reliability of program infrastructure is critical to their reputation and ability to attract and retain students. Our delivery of these programs could be hindered by computer system error or failure, significant increase in traffic on our computer networks, or any significant failure or unavailability of our computer networks due to events beyond our control, including natural disasters and network and telecommunications failures. Any interruption to our schools’ computer systems or operations could have a material adverse effect on the ability of our schools’ to attract and retain students.

Our computer networks may also be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer hackers, computer viruses and other security threats. A user who circumvents security measures could misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations. Due to the sensitive nature of the information contained on our networks hackers may target our networks. We may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat of these security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these breaches. Although we continually monitor the security of our technology infrastructure, we cannot assure that these efforts will protect our computer networks against security breaches.

Our financial performance depends, in part, on our ability to continue to develop awareness and acceptance of our schools and programs among high school graduates and working adults.

If our schools are unable to successfully market and advertise their educational programs, our schools’ ability to attract and enroll prospective students in such programs could be adversely affected, and, consequently, our ability to increase revenue or maintain profitability could be impaired. Some of the factors that could prevent us from successfully marketing and advertising our schools and the programs that they offer include, but are not limited to, student or employer dissatisfaction with educational programs and services, diminished access to high school students, our failure to maintain or expand our brand names or other factors related to our marketing or

 

42


Table of Contents

advertising practices, Federal Trade Commission restrictions on internet and other advertising and marketing media, costs and effectiveness of internet and other advertising programs, and changing media preferences of our target audiences.

We compete with a variety of educational institutions, and if we are unable to compete effectively, our student population and revenue could be adversely impacted.

Postsecondary education is a highly fragmented and competitive field. Our schools compete with traditional public and private two-year and four-year colleges and universities, other proprietary schools, other online education providers, and alternatives to higher education, such as immediate employment and military service. Some public and private institutions charge lower tuition for courses of study similar to those offered by our schools due, in part, to government subsidies, government and foundation grants, tax-deductible contributions and other financial resources not available to proprietary institutions. Our competitors may have substantially greater financial and other resources than we do. We expect to experience increased competition as more colleges, universities, and other postsecondary education providers increase their online program offerings. An increase in competition could affect the success of our marketing efforts and enable our competitors to recruit prospective students more effectively, or reduce our tuition charges and increase spending for marketing efforts, which could adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our credit agreement limits our ability to take various actions.

Our credit agreement limits our ability to take various actions, including paying dividends and disposing of assets, and may restrict us from taking actions that management believes would be desirable and in the best interests of us and our stockholders. Our credit agreement also requires us to satisfy specified financial and non-financial covenants. A breach of any of those covenants could result in an event of default under the agreement and allow the lenders to pursue various remedies, including accelerating the repayment of any indebtedness outstanding, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition.

We are subject to privacy laws and regulations both domestically and in the countries in which our foreign schools operate, due to our collection and use of personal information. Any violations of those laws, or any breach, theft or loss of that information, could adversely affect our reputation and operations.

Our efforts to attract and enroll students result in us collecting, using and keeping substantial amounts of personal information regarding applicants, our students, faculty, their families and alumni, including social security numbers, financial data or health data. We also maintain personal information about our employees in the ordinary course of our activities. Our services, the services of many of our health plan and benefit plan vendors, and other information can be accessed globally through the internet. Our computer networks and those of our vendors that manage confidential information for us may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, theft or misuse, hackers, computer viruses, or third parties in connection with hardware and software upgrades and changes. Our services can be accessed globally via the internet, so we may be subject to privacy laws in countries outside the U.S. from which students access our services, which laws may constrain the way we market and provide our services. While we utilize security and business controls to limit access to and use of personal information, any breach of student or employee privacy or errors in storing, using or transmitting personal information could violate privacy laws and regulations resulting in fines or other penalties. A breach, theft or loss of personal information held by us or our vendors, or a violation of the laws and regulations governing privacy could have a material adverse effect on our reputation or result in additional regulation, compliance costs or investments in additional security systems to protect our computer networks.

 

43


Table of Contents

We rely on exclusive proprietary rights and intellectual property that may not be adequately protected under current laws, and we may encounter disputes from time to time relating to our use of intellectual property of third parties.

Our success depends in part on our ability to protect our proprietary rights. We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, domain names and agreements to protect our proprietary rights. We rely on service mark and trademark protection in the United States and select foreign jurisdictions to protect our rights to our marks as well as distinctive logos and other marks associated with our services. We cannot assure you that these measures will be adequate, that we have secured, or will be able to secure, appropriate protections for all of our proprietary rights. Despite our efforts to protect these rights, unauthorized third parties may attempt to duplicate the proprietary aspects of our curricula, online resource material and other content. Our management’s attention may be diverted by these attempts, and we may need to use funds in litigation to protect our proprietary rights against any infringement or violation.

We may encounter disputes from time to time over rights and obligations concerning intellectual property, and we may not prevail in these disputes. Third parties may raise a claim against us alleging an infringement or violation of the intellectual property of that third party. Some third party intellectual property rights may be extremely broad, and it may not be possible for us to conduct our operations in such a way as to avoid those intellectual property rights. Any such intellectual property claim could subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether such claim has merit.

We may incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of class materials posted online for class discussions.

In some instances our faculty members or our students may post various articles or other third-party content on class discussion boards or download third-party content to personal computers. We may incur claims or liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of this material. Any such claims could subject us to costly litigation and could impose a strain on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether the claims have merit.

A protracted economic slowdown and rising unemployment could harm our business, while an improving economy may lead to prospective students choosing to work rather than to pursue postsecondary education at our schools.

We believe that many students pursue postsecondary education to be more competitive in the job market. However, a protracted economic slowdown could increase unemployment and diminish job prospects generally. Diminished job prospects and heightened financial worries could affect the willingness of students to incur loans to pay for postsecondary education and to pursue postsecondary education in general. An improving economy and improving job prospects, however, may lead prospective students to choose to work rather than to pursue postsecondary education. As a result, our enrollments could suffer.

We may incur costs in complying with the Americans with Disabilities Act and with similar laws.

The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, or ADA, requires all public accommodations to meet federal requirements for access and use by disabled individuals. Other federal, state, and local laws and regulations also may impose similar or additional accessibility requirements. For example, the Fair Housing Amendments Act of 1988, or FHAA, requires apartment properties first occupied after March 13, 1991, to be accessible to handicapped persons. Typically, our real estate leases require us to pay any costs necessary to comply with all laws, including these accessibility laws, for our premises, which may include parking areas, restaurants at our culinary schools, dormitory facilities and similar facilities in addition to classroom and office space. In opening new schools or locations and acquiring existing schools, we often must build out the premises to satisfy our

 

44


Table of Contents

classroom needs and must incur the costs associated with accessibility compliance in those construction activities. If any of our premises are not compliant with the ADA or FHAA, we could face fines, litigation by private litigants, and orders to correct any non-complying features.

Risk Related to Our Common Stock

The trading price of our common stock may fluctuate substantially in the future.

The trading price of our common stock may fluctuate substantially as a result of a number of factors, some of which are not in our control. These factors include:

 

   

the initiation, pendency or outcome of litigation, accreditation reviews, regulatory reviews and investigations, and any related adverse publicity;

 

   

the outcomes and impacts on our business of ED’s program integrity rulemaking program, and other changes in the legal or regulatory environment in which we operate;

 

   

changes in the student lending and credit markets;

 

   

our ability to meet or exceed expectations of analysts or investors;

 

   

quarterly variations in our operating results;

 

   

general conditions in the postsecondary education field, including changes in ED, state laws and regulations and accreditation standards, or availability of student financing;

 

   

changes in our earnings estimates by analysts;

 

   

future impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets;

 

   

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, which have particularly affected the market prices of many companies that provide postsecondary education in recent periods;

 

   

the loss of key personnel; and

 

   

general economic conditions.

These factors may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance, and could prevent an investor from selling shares of our common stock at or above the price at which the investor acquired the shares. In addition, the stock markets, from time to time, experience extreme price and volume fluctuations that may be unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies. These broad fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Effective January 19, 2010, we entered into a real estate lease for our new campus support center and portions of our AIU Online and CTU Online operations in Schaumburg, Illinois, a suburb of Chicago. This consolidation will reduce the number of our leased buildings and related square footage and allow us to maximize efficiencies and reduce overhead expenses. We intend to complete our consolidation efforts from our Hoffman Estates, Illinois locations by March 31, 2011. The lease for the new location creates a $48.1 million real estate obligation through 2022. In addition, we intend to make capital improvements to our new campus support center totaling approximately $52.0 million through 2011, of which approximately $42.2 million has been incurred as of December 31, 2010. The Company expects this consolidation initiative to result in base rent savings of approximately $2.5 million a year for the next twelve years beginning in 2011.

 

45


Table of Contents

Our more than 90 campuses are located throughout the United States and in France, Italy, the United Kingdom and Monaco. Each of our campuses contains admissions and administrative offices and teaching facilities, including classrooms, laboratories, and, in the case of campuses with culinary arts programs, kitchens. Also, certain of our campuses include dormitory and cafeteria facilities, and certain of our culinary schools utilize leased space to operate restaurants in conjunction with their culinary arts programs.

Almost all of our campus locations are leased. As of January 31, 2011, we leased approximately 5.9 million square feet under lease agreements related to our continuing operations that have remaining terms ranging from less than one year to 18 years. As of January 31, 2011, we leased approximately 0.6 million square feet under lease agreements related to our discontinued operations that have remaining terms ranging from one to nine years. As of January 31, 2011, we owned approximately 0.2 million square feet of real property at the following campuses:

 

   

American InterContinental University and Sanford-Brown College, Houston, Texas – Corporate and Other

 

   

Brooks Institute, Santa Barbara, California – Corporate and Other

 

   

Le Cordon Bleu College of Culinary Arts in Chicago, Chicago, Illinois – Culinary Arts segment

 

   

INSEEC Bordeaux, Bordeaux, France – International segment

See Part I, Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a table listing each of our campus locations. The listing excludes assets of discontinued operations.

We actively monitor our real estate needs in light of our current utilization and projected student enrollment growth. We believe that our schools can acquire any necessary additional facility capacity on reasonably acceptable terms within a relatively short timeframe. We devote capital resources to facility improvements and expansions as we deem necessary to promote growth and to most effectively serve our students.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Note 12 “Commitments and Contingencies” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements in Part IV, Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference.

 

46


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “CECO.”

The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices per share for our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ:

 

     Price Range of
Common Stock
 
     High      Low  

2010

     

First quarter

   $ 33.07       $ 18.21   

Second quarter

     35.88         22.63   

Third quarter

     27.93         17.00   

Fourth quarter

     22.07         16.36   
      High      Low  

2009

     

First quarter

   $ 26.53       $ 17.06   

Second quarter

     25.68         17.95   

Third quarter

     25.73         20.06   

Fourth quarter

     28.87         20.31   

The closing price of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ on February 15, 2011 was $23.25 per share. As of February 15, 2011, there were 459 holders of record of our common stock.

We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and have no plan to do so in the foreseeable future. The declaration and payment of dividends on our common stock are subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors. The decision of our Board of Directors to pay future dividends will depend on general business conditions, the effect of a dividend payment on our financial condition, and other factors the Board of Directors may consider relevant. The current policy of our Board of Directors is to reinvest earnings in our operations to promote future growth and, from time to time, to execute repurchases of shares of our common stock under the stock repurchase program discussed below. The repurchase of shares of our common stock reduces the amount of cash available to pay cash dividends to our common stockholders. Our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock is also limited under the terms of our existing credit agreement.

During 2010, we repurchased approximately 5.4 million shares of our common stock for approximately $154.9 million at an average price of $28.54 per share. Under the Company’s previously authorized stock repurchase program, stock repurchases may be made on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions from time to time, depending on factors including market conditions and corporate and regulatory requirements. The stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date and may be suspended or discontinued at any time. As of December 31, 2010, approximately $290.5 million was available under the stock repurchase program.

On October 18, 2010, our Board of Directors adopted a resolution to retire approximately 15.1 million shares of our treasury stock outstanding. The retirement of our treasury shares effectively reduces the number of shares of our common stock issued and also reduces the number of shares of our common stock held as treasury shares.

 

47


Table of Contents

On November 15, 2010, we entered into a stock repurchase plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), in connection with our previously authorized stock repurchase program. A Rule 10b5-1 plan allows a company to repurchase its shares at times when it otherwise might be unable to do so under the 1934 Act’s insider trading rules. This stock repurchase plan facilitated purchases of our common stock under our previously authorized stock repurchase program. Purchases of common stock under this plan were subject to specified parameters and certain price and volume restraints as established in the plan. During January 2011, our designated broker repurchased on our behalf an additional 3.7 million shares of our common stock for $79.9 million at an average price of $21.47 per share under this plan. As a result, approximately $210.5 million was available under our previously authorized stock repurchase program to repurchase outstanding shares of our common stock as of January 31, 2011.

Our common stock transfer agent and registrar is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. They can be contacted at 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts, 02021 or at their website www.computershare.com.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Period

   Total Number of
Shares
Purchased
     Average Price
Paid per Share
     Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
     Maximum
Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans
or Programs
 

December 31, 2009

            $ 195,475,395   

January 1, 2010—January 31, 2010

     1,702,612       $ 23.49         1,702,612         155,475,407   

February 1, 2010—February 28, 2010

     309,200         27.48         309,200         396,977,868   

March 1, 2010—March 31, 2010

     1,346,501         30.60         1,346,501         355,771,638   

April 1, 2010—April 30, 2010

     1,555,145         32.18         1,555,145         305,728,843   

May 1, 2010—May 31, 2010

     513,749         29.73         513,749         290,454,703   

June 1, 2010—June 30, 2010

     —           —           —           290,454,703   

July 1, 2010—July 31, 2010

     —           —           —           290,454,703   

August 1, 2010—August 31, 2010

     —           —           —           290,454,703   

September 1, 2010—September 30, 2010

     —           —           —           290,454,703   

October 1, 2010—October 31, 2010

     —           —           —           290,454,703   

November 1, 2010—November 30, 2010

     —           —           —           290,454,703   

December 1, 2010—December 31, 2010

     —           —           —           290,454,703   
                       

Total

     5,427,207            5,427,207      
                       

See Part III, Item 12 “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information as of December 31, 2010, with respect to shares of our common stock that may be issued under our existing share-based compensation plans.

 

48


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected historical consolidated financial and other data are qualified in their entirety by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this annual report and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our selected statement of operations and statement of cash flows data set forth below for each of the five years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 2006, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 2006, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. Prior period financial results have been recast to be comparable to current period reporting.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Selected Statement of Operations Data

          

Total revenue

   $ 2,124,236      $ 1,833,796      $ 1,651,114      $ 1,652,209      $ 1,766,338   

Operating expenses:

          

Educational services and facilities

     639,123        606,014        597,219        575,012        542,992   

General and administrative

     1,095,519        931,118        861,264        854,282        893,515   

Depreciation and amortization

     71,372        65,204        70,944        72,513        72,904   

Goodwill and asset impairment(1)

     71,829        2,500        6,843        5,610        91,298   
                                        

Total operating expenses

     1,877,843        1,604,836        1,536,270        1,507,417        1,600,709   
                                        

Operating income

     246,393        228,960        114,844        144,792        165,629   

Operating margin percentage

     11.6     12.5     7.0     8.8     9.4

Total other income

     484        1,441        19,620        22,910        20,723   
                                        

Pretax income

     246,877        230,401        134,464        167,702        186,352   

Provision for income taxes

     80,287        80,894        40,634        53,464        92,486   
                                        

Income from continuing operations

     166,590        149,507        93,830        114,238        93,866   
                                        

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax(2)

     (8,817     (68,288     (33,688     (54,685     (47,297
                                        

Net income

   $ 157,773      $ 81,219      $ 60,142      $ 59,553      $ 46,569   
                                        

Net income (loss) per share-basic:

          

Income from continuing operations

   $ 2.08      $ 1.74      $ 1.04      $ 1.22      $ 0.98   

Loss from discontinued operations

     (0.11     (0.79     (0.37     (0.58     (0.50
                                        

Net income

   $ 1.97      $ 0.95      $ 0.67      $ 0.64      $ 0.48   
                                        

Net income (loss) per share-diluted:

          

Income from continuing operations

   $ 2.06      $ 1.73      $ 1.04      $ 1.21      $ 0.96   

Loss from discontinued operations

     (0.11     (0.79     (0.37     (0.58     (0.49
                                        

Net income

   $ 1.95      $ 0.94      $ 0.67      $ 0.63      $ 0.47   
                                        

 

49


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Selected Balance Sheet Data

          

Assets:

          

Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 449,153      $ 484,713      $ 493,991      $ 377,766      $ 432,978   

Student receivables, net(3)

     74,809        79,250        67,360        65,555        56,608   

Total current assets

     619,357        628,835        643,045        576,666        608,215   

Total assets

     1,560,856        1,563,842        1,418,560        1,378,292        1,421,911   

Liabilities:

          

Deferred tuition revenue

     176,102        184,336        150,965        150,580        129,990   

Total current liabilities

     464,073        442,009        351,677        372,930        303,571   

Total liabilities

     626,319        641,797        470,048        480,569        426,033   

Working capital

     155,284        186,826        291,368        203,736        304,644   

Treasury shares at cost(4)

     (191     (221,887     (89,078     (75,023     (366,319

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 934,384      $ 921,524      $ 947,652      $ 886,108      $ 982,401   
     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
      (Dollars in thousands)  

Selected Statement of Cash Flows Data

          

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 272,259      $ 288,251      $ 186,720      $ 222,075      $ 216,390   

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (109,660     (49,301     (150,787     4,813        (56,453

Net cash used in financing activities

     (156,873     (199,151     (21,048     (185,718     (111,239

Capital expenditures

     (127,283     (74,087     (53,854     (57,586     (69,473

 

(1) During 2010, we recorded $71.8 million in goodwill and asset impairment charges, including $67.8 million related to trade name impairment within Culinary Arts, $1.4 million related to goodwill impairment within Culinary Arts, $2.3 million related to an asset impairment charge within Corporate and Other and $0.3 million related to asset impairment charges within University. During 2009, we recorded a $2.5 million asset impairment charge within Corporate and Other related to one of our owned facilities, resulting from its carrying value exceeding its current fair value. During 2008, we recorded approximately $6.8 million in asset impairment charges, including $4.8 million related to the reduction in asset carrying values recorded within Culinary Arts and $2.0 million related to the write-off of an intangible asset within Health Education. During 2007, we recorded asset impairment charges of $5.6 million related to campuses within Health Education. The asset impairment charges resulted from the campuses carrying value of long-lived assets exceeding their fair values. During 2006, we recorded goodwill and other intangible asset impairment charges of approximately $86.3 million within Health Education and recorded asset impairment charges of approximately $5.0 million within Health Education. See Note 8 “Property and Equipment” and Note 9 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of the impairments.
(2) See Note 5 “Discontinued Operations” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of discontinued operations.
(3) Student receivables, net includes both current and non-current balances.
(4) In the fourth quarters of 2010 and 2007, our Board of Directors adopted resolutions to retire approximately 15.1 million and 15.6 million shares, respectively, of our treasury stock. The retirement of our treasury shares effectively reduces the number of shares of common stock issued and also reduces the number of shares of our common stock held as treasury shares.

 

50


Table of Contents

The graph below shows a comparison of cumulative total returns for CEC, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index and an index of peer companies selected by CEC. The companies in the peer index are weighted according to their market capitalization as of the end of each period for which a return is indicated. Included in the peer index are the following companies whose primary business is postsecondary education, including: Apollo Group, Inc., Corinthian College, Inc., DeVry Inc., ITT Educational Service, Inc., and Strayer Education, Inc. The performance graph begins with CEC’s $33.72 per share closing price on December 30, 2005.

LOGO

 

51


Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The discussion below contains “forward-looking statements,” as defined in Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that reflect our current expectations regarding our future growth, results of operations, cash flows, performance and business prospects, and opportunities, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. We have tried to identify forward-looking statements by using words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “plan,” “expect,” “intend,” “project,” “will,” “potential” and similar expressions, but these words are not the exclusive means of identifying forward-looking statements. These statements are based on information currently available to us and are subject to various risks, uncertainties, and other factors, including, but not limited to, those matters discussed in Item 1A “Risk Factors” in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K that could cause our actual growth, results of operations, cash flows, performance, business prospects and opportunities to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these statements. Except as expressly required by the federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to update such factors or to publicly announce the results of any of the forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect future events, developments, or changed circumstances, or for any other reason.

As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company,” and “CEC” refer to Career Education Corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. The terms “school” and “university” each refer to an individual, branded, proprietary educational institution, owned by us and including its campus locations. The term “campus” refers to an individual main or branch campus operated by one of our school or universities.

Overview

CEC is an industry leader whose institutions are recognized globally. Those institutions include, among others, American InterContinental University (“AIU”); Brooks Institute; Colorado Technical University (“CTU”); Harrington College of Design; INSEEC Group (“INSEEC”) Schools; International University of Monaco (“IUM”); International Academy of Design & Technology (“IADT”); Istituto Marangoni; Le Cordon Bleu North America (“LCB”); and Sanford-Brown Institutes and Colleges. Through its schools, CEC is committed to providing high-quality education, enabling students to graduate and pursue rewarding career opportunities.

During 2010, we organized our businesses across four reporting segments which included University, Health Education, Culinary Arts and International. Each segment represents a group of postsecondary education providers that offer a variety of degree and non-degree academic programs. These segments were organized by key market segment to enhance brand focus and operational alignment within each segment to more effectively execute our strategic growth plan. In December 2010, we completed the teach out of our last remaining Transitional school, AIU – Los Angeles, CA. As a result, all current and prior period results have been presented as a component of discontinued operations. As all schools within Transitional Schools have ceased operations, this reporting segment no longer exists.

Additionally, during 2010, we completed a detailed review of our shared service costs to determine which of these costs should be charged to the segments as well as how these shared service costs should be allocated. These services include legal, finance, human resources, marketing, certain academic functions and certain centralized activities related to student finance, including financial aid processing, student account posting and collections. These costs, recorded within Corporate and Other, were previously allocated to our segments based upon a percentage of revenue. Improved data and analytical capabilities have provided us insight into costs being incurred to support the segments versus costs being incurred to support the corporation as a whole. The new methodology allocates costs based on usage and consumption factors such as student population, employee headcount, advertising spend, number of financial aid recipients and revenue where appropriate. In the case of certain services which are shared evenly across the segments, we allocate equally. The new methodology is intended to provide improved transparency into the costs of the shared services. The effect of these changes

 

52


Table of Contents

impacts the costs reported within each segment and reduces the level of unallocated shared service costs. Results beginning in 2010 are presented under the new methodology and prior period results have been revised to be comparable to the current reporting.

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The MD&A is intended to help investors understand the results of operations, financial condition and present business environment. The MD&A is organized as follows:

 

   

Overview and 2011 Outlook

 

   

Consolidated Results of Operations

 

   

Segment Results of Operations

 

   

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

   

Liquidity, Financial Position and Capital Resources

Overview and 2011 Outlook

2010 was a year of accomplishments as well as challenges for CEC. We experienced improved financial performance, as total revenue increased 15.8% to $2,124.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to 2009 total revenue of $1,833.8 million. Operating income increased by 7.6% as compared to 2009, and student population grew 11% over the prior year driven by strong new student start growth in the first half of 2010. Each of our four operating segments experienced an increase in revenue, and our University, Health Education and International segments increased operating margins as compared to 2009, as these segments continued to leverage their existing cost structures. Due to two significant charges impacting our Culinary Arts segment, a $67.8 million asset impairment charge and a $40.8 million charge related to a legal settlement, operating margins declined as compared to 2009.

We continued to extend our geographic presence in our Health Education segment throughout the year. Contributing to the revenue growth within Health Education was the opening of six new campuses in 2010: SBC Hillside, IL; SBI Cranston, RI; SBC Tinley Park, IL; SBC Indianapolis, IN; SBC Skokie, IL and SBC Portland, OR. These campuses provide us with the opportunity to continue to expand our presence in key locations throughout the United States. We expect to continue to expand our Health Education footprint in 2011 by opening new U.S. campuses.

In addition to opening new campuses within the United States, we continued to expand our existing international operations with the acquisition of IUM in April 2010. Total consideration was approximately $10.6 million, which included $6.3 million of purchase price and $4.3 million related to the assumption of outstanding shareholder loans. IUM is a leading international business university located in Monaco, offering bachelor’s, master’s and doctoral programs in such areas as finance, international business and luxury goods and services. IUM has joined the INSEEC group and will position INSEEC for continued growth as a leader in postsecondary education in Europe.

Despite year-over-year improvement in several key metrics including student population, new student starts, revenue and operating income, we also experienced challenges, particularly in the second half of the year. These challenges included changes in the regulatory environment, heightened scrutiny from government representatives and news media and the softening of new student interest. To better position us for future growth, and to address the challenges CEC and others in private sector education face, we made a number of decisions that impacted our organizational structure and operating business model in a number of key areas. These decisions led to certain charges being recorded in the fourth quarter 2010.

We made changes to our infrastructure in an effort to reduce costs in the corporate organization, increase spans of control for senior leaders, consolidate “like processes” and functions under common leadership, position

 

53


Table of Contents

the organization to better serve its internal customers and continue the offering of shared services. As a result, we announced a reduction in our workforce of approximately 600 positions across our U.S. operations in January 2011. The elimination of these positions is expected to be completed in the first several months of 2011. This consolidation and streamlining of our operations and creation of a shared services organization resulted in a severance charge of approximately $7.7 million which was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2010. This charge is reflected within general and administrative expense within our consolidated statements of operations.

During 2010, Culinary Art’s operating results included an impairment charge of $67.8 million related to the Le Cordon Bleu trade name. This non-cash charge was a result of its carrying value exceeding its estimated fair value. The fair value of the Le Cordon Bleu trade name declined as a result of the changes being made to the Culinary Arts operating model. Culinary Arts maintains its dedication to providing its students with the most beneficial outcomes and as such the Company has made the decision to change its operating model in early 2011. We believe this change will position us better to potentially appeal to an even broader market and responds to the current regulatory environment. The new operating model increases focus on our 12-month certificate program, which has a lower tuition level than our degree programs. In addition, we are decreasing the tuition cost of our certificate program within Culinary Arts beginning in the second quarter of 2011. Due to the reduced tuition level, we do not believe students will need as much financing support outside of their eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs; thus reducing the need for the Company to offer extended payment plan programs. As a result, the Company will no longer offer new students extended payment plan financing. We will continue to honor our commitment to students already receiving this type of funding, so that these students are able to complete their entire course of study. As a percent of revenue, we expect bad debt expense to decrease as compared to 2010 as a result of the business model changes within Culinary Arts.

In addition to the trade name impairment, Culinary Arts recorded a $40.8 million charge related to the settlement of an outstanding legal matter for California Culinary Academy, as well as a goodwill impairment non-cash charge of $1.4 million associated with our decision to teach out all programs at our LCB – Pittsburgh, PA campus. The decision to teach out all programs at our LCB – Pittsburgh, PA campus was another step towards making strategic investment decisions for our future Culinary Arts business model. The current year results also included a $28.5 million increase in bad debt expense within Culinary Arts primarily related to increasing the reserve rates attributable to our student extended payment plans. The Company has committed to $85.4 million of funding through its extended payment plans as of December 31, 2010. This commitment is generally based upon an estimate of the amount of additional financial aid needed by our students for a given academic year, less an anticipated cancellation rate for those plans that are later reduced or cancelled out entirely. This estimated amount could vary materially from what is ultimately provided to our students.

The Company expects to commit up to an additional $20 million of extended payment plan funding as current students complete their course of study and the program phases out. As of December 31, 2010, the amount of earned student receivables under student extended payment plans, net of allowance for doubtful accounts and net of deferred tuition revenue, was $9.0 million, of which the majority relates to Culinary Arts. The committed amount of extended payment plans includes those amounts which have not yet been earned and as such are not reflected within student receivables and also includes those amounts which have already been repaid by students.

During 2010, University continued its focus on quality-driven programs for its students and providing better access to financing literacy tools. These improvements allow students to better prepare themselves for their chosen careers and assess their financial outcomes. As disclosed previously, the Higher Learning Commission’s (“HLC”) Board of Trustees had validated the HLC advisory team’s recommendation related to its review of AIU. During the third quarter of 2010, we submitted two new programs to HLC for approval. HLC is reviewing these programs in accordance with its regular practices. We believe this is another positive step for the AIU institution. Additionally, a new tuition model was instituted in the first quarter of 2011 for the associate and bachelor’s degree programs within AIU and CTU. The net effect of this change was to decrease the cost for bachelor’s degrees and increase the cost for associate degrees. These changes, along with enhanced student advisor training, enable our institutions to remain competitive in the postsecondary education industry.

 

54


Table of Contents

We believe the creation of a shared services organization, combined with the change in the business model within our Culinary Arts segment and changes within University, will allow CEC to remain competitive in our industry and provide a further differentiation in the constantly changing industry environment. Also, we will continue to enhance the services we offer to students through our innovative technology and continued focus on strong student outcomes by assessing student readiness to engage in college-level work at the onset of the students’ program. As we examine our Company’s organizational structure and make changes to our business and operating models, we will be careful to not sacrifice the high-quality educational experience we offer our students by continuing to emphasize quality and integrity.

We expect 2011 to be a challenging year, as we continue to address the impact of a weak economic environment and the decline in new student starts and average student population. Our changes in operating model will align us for long-term success, yet we anticipate 2011 to be a year of transition, especially for Culinary Arts. During 2011, CEC will continue to remain focused on enhancing the quality of education and student services in order to prepare students for success in their chosen careers. We believe investment in key areas such as ongoing student engagement in the process of life-long learning, improved student experiences related to career services support and heightened social responsibility within our Health Education segment as well as our other institutions, will position us to continue to change lives through education. Additionally, CEC will continue to build upon the compliance culture that we have established over time and ensure our students have clear information about our programs, including their financial obligations, the demands of our programs and the range of potential outcomes.

Industry Environment

We operate in a highly regulated environment subject to changes in government regulations as well as changes in academic accreditation agencies and state education regulatory authorities. We have instituted systems, processes and programs in all of our schools to ensure substantial compliance with all regulations. Recent and pending regulations released and to be released by the U.S. Department of Education (“ED”) may impact several key areas related to Title IV Program funding eligibility in the for-profit postsecondary education sector.

On October 29, 2010, ED issued final regulations pertaining to certain aspects of the administration of the Title IV Programs, including, but not limited to state authorization, gainful employment, compensation rules for persons engaged in certain aspects of admissions and financial aid, determination of attendance and definition of credit hours. With one exception, these regulations will become effective July 1, 2011. ED previously announced that it was delaying until early 2011 publication of final regulations on certain further proposed gainful employment regulations, which are expected to become effective on July 1, 2012 or thereafter.

The October 29, 2010 regulations contain changes from the proposed regulations issued by ED in June 2010. The Company continues to analyze the final regulations, to identify and assess potential impacts to our business and to consider and evaluate various strategies to address those potential impacts. These new and pending regulations could have significant impacts on our business. Among the most significant regulatory changes that we have identified to date for our business are:

 

   

the elimination of certain “safe harbors” that had allowed, under limited and prescribed circumstances, payment of certain types of compensation to employees (including higher level employees) and third parties involved in student enrollment, certain recruiting, admissions or financial aid activities;

 

   

imposition of extensive record-keeping and disclosure requirements respecting the employment of graduates, as a precursor to proposed gainful employment regulations, described above, that would base the eligibility of specific programs to enroll students receiving Title IV Program funds on certain yet-to-be defined metrics including but not limited to cost of education, future earnings, student loan defaults and debt incurred in the securing of such education;

 

55


Table of Contents
   

defining a credit hour for purposes of determining program eligibility for Title IV student financial aid;

 

   

establishing more stringent state approval criteria that may require or encourage states to modify existing state approval and licensing processes;

 

   

requiring an institution that offers distance learning programs to secure the approval of each state where it enrolls students to the extent any such state requires such approval and provide evidence of such approval to ED upon request; and

 

   

strengthening the definition of proscribed “misrepresentation” to include, among other things, erroneous statements, including erroneous statements made by certain third-party vendors under contract to an institution, which may increase institutional liability and subject institutions to sanctions for statements containing inadvertent errors, and expose institutions to costly third-party litigation.

As of the date of this filing, we are still assessing the most recently released regulations and have begun to implement changes to address these regulations. We cannot predict the outcome of the portion of the gainful employment rules that are expected to be issued in 2011, or predict with certainty the impact of the new regulations on our operations. These rules could affect the manner in which we conduct our business and compliance with these rules could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We anticipate that our Culinary Arts and Art & Design institutions will be most impacted by the gainful employment rules that are expected to be issued in 2011. We continue to review our business models and expect to be in a position to respond with action plans to address changes that may be required as a result of the final gainful employment rules.

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The summary of selected financial data table below should be referenced in connection with a review of the following discussion of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     % of
Total
Revenue
    2009     % of
Total
Revenue
    2008     % of
Total
Revenue
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

TOTAL REVENUE

  $ 2,124,236        $ 1,833,796        $ 1,651,114     
                             

OPERATING EXPENSES

           

Educational services and facilities

    639,123        30.1     606,014        33.0     597,219        36.2

General and administrative:

           

Advertising

    302,814        14.3     291,743        15.9     248,708        15.1

Admissions

    213,705        10.1     192,202        10.5     195,905        11.9

Administrative

    472,070        22.2     390,149        21.3     373,673        22.6

Bad debt

    106,930        5.0     57,024        3.1     42,978        2.6
                             

Total general and administrative expense

    1,095,519        51.6     931,118        50.8     861,264        52.2

Depreciation and amortization

    71,372        3.4     65,204        3.6     70,944        4.3

Goodwill and asset impairment

    71,829        3.4     2,500        0.1     6,843        0.4
                             

OPERATING INCOME

    246,393        11.6     228,960        12.5     114,844        7.0
                             

PRETAX INCOME

    246,877        11.6     230,401        12.6     134,464        8.1

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

    80,287        3.8     80,894        4.4     40,634        2.5
                             

Effective tax rate

    32.5       35.1       30.2  

INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

    166,590        7.8     149,507        8.2     93,830        5.7

LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, net of tax

    (8,817     -0.4     (68,288     -3.7     (33,688     -2.0
                             

NET INCOME

  $ 157,773        7.4   $ 81,219        4.4   $ 60,142        3.6
                             

 

56


Table of Contents

Educational services and facilities expense includes costs directly attributable to the educational activity of our schools, including, among other things, (1) salaries and benefits of faculty, academic administrators, and student support personnel, (2) costs of educational supplies and facilities, including rents on school leases, certain costs of establishing and maintaining computer laboratories, costs of student housing, and owned and leased facility costs, (3) royalty fees paid to Le Cordon Bleu Limited through August 2009, and (4) certain student financing costs. Also included in educational services and facilities expense are costs of other goods and services provided by our schools, including, among other things, costs of textbooks, laptop computers, dormitory services, restaurant services, contract training and cafeteria services.

General and administrative expense includes salaries and benefits of personnel in corporate and school administration, marketing, admissions, financial aid, accounting, human resources, legal and compliance. Costs of promotion and development, advertising and production of marketing materials, occupancy of the corporate offices and bad debt expense are also included in this expense category.

Year Ended December 31, 2010 as Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2009

Revenue

Total revenue increased $290.4 million, or 15.8% from the prior year driven by increased revenue in all operating segments: University, Health Education, Culinary Arts and International. The overall increase in revenue is due to an 11% increase in student population resulting from a 13% increase in new student starts as compared to the prior year. International’s revenue was negatively impacted by $6.5 million in unfavorable effects of foreign currency exchange rates.

Educational Services and Facilities Expense

Educational services and facilities expense increased $33.1 million, or 5.5% as compared to 2009. The increase is mainly a result of an increase in academics expense, as Health Education, University and International invested in the expansion and support of academic functions in order to support growing student populations. As a percentage of revenue, educational services and facilities expense decreased approximately 2.9% as compared to the prior year due to higher utilization of our existing real estate and improved leverage of our existing cost structure.

General and Administrative Expense

General and administrative expense increased $164.4 million, or 17.7%, and increased 0.8% as a percentage of revenue as compared to the prior year. The 2010 expense includes $48.1 million of pretax charges related to settlements of legal matters within Culinary Arts and University, severance expense of $7.7 million associated with a reduction in force being carried out in 2011 as well as $49.9 million of higher bad debt expense as compared to the prior year. The 2009 expense included $23.1 million of pretax additional performance-based compensation expense related to incentive plan outperformance, which was partially offset by a $12.0 million payment received related to the termination of certain insurance policies. The increase of $21.5 million in admissions expense as compared to 2009 was driven by the expansion of the student population, particularly within our Health Education and University segments. Advertising expense increased $11.1 million as compared to 2009 due to increased spending within Health Education and University during the first half of 2010 as a result of strong levels of student interest.

 

57


Table of Contents

Bad debt expense incurred by each of our reportable segments during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was as follows:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      As a % of
Segment
Revenue
    2009     As a % of
Segment
Revenue
    2008     As a % of
Segment
Revenue
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Bad debt expense by segment:

             

University

   $ 31,678         2.7   $ 21,093        2.1   $ 19,144        2.1

Health Education

     13,503         3.1     8,018        2.2     9,206        3.0

Culinary Arts

     56,155         14.5     27,684        8.3     14,297        4.4

International

     930         0.7     617        0.5     643        0.6

Corporate and Other

     4,664         N/A        (388     N/A        (312     N/A   
                               

Total bad debt expense

   $ 106,930         5.0   $ 57,024        3.1   $ 42,978        2.6
                               

Bad debt expense increased $49.9 million as compared to 2009, primarily within Culinary Arts, as a result of increased reserve rates being applied to outstanding student receivables associated with our student extended payment plans. These rates are continually reviewed for appropriateness based upon repayment history. Included in the increase is $5.9 million of bad debt expense which was recorded within the fourth quarter 2010 resulting from the correction of an error in prior periods attributed to the calculation of the allowance for doubtful accounts associated with our extended payment plan programs.

Goodwill and Asset Impairment

During 2010, we recorded goodwill and asset impairment charges of $71.8 million, of which $69.2 million was recorded within Culinary Arts in the fourth quarter related to the $67.8 million impairment to the Le Cordon Bleu trade name and a $1.4 million goodwill impairment charge related to our decision to teach-out all programs at our LCB – Pittsburgh, PA campus. In addition, during the fourth quarter 2010, we recorded an asset impairment charge of $2.3 million within Corporate and Other related to the impairment of an investment and uncollectability of a loan receivable. In the third quarter 2010, we recorded a $0.3 million asset impairment charge for one of our leased facilities within the University segment. During 2009, we recorded a $2.5 million asset impairment charge for one of our owned facilities, resulting from its carrying value exceeding its current fair value. This noncash charge is reflected within Corporate and Other. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment on at least an annual basis by applying a fair-value-based test.

Operating Income

Operating income increased $17.4 million, or 7.6% as compared to 2009, as we experienced increased profitability within University, Health Education and International. The increase in revenue from the growth in student population more than offset the increases in operating expenses to sustain this continuing growth, as well as the charges related to asset impairments, legal matters and our allowance for doubtful accounts.

Provision for Income Taxes

Our consolidated effective income tax rate for continuing operations was 32.5% for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to 35.1% for the year ended December 31, 2009. The current year provision for income taxes includes a $6.2 million tax benefit associated with tax credits related to curriculum development, reductions to our unrecognized tax benefits due to expiration of statute of limitations and reversals of some state net operating loss valuation allowances as the Company was able to utilize state operating losses in the current year. These items reduced our effective tax rate by 3.0% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010. This reduction in the effective tax rate was partially offset by higher state income taxes as a percentage of pretax income.

 

58


Table of Contents

Loss from Discontinued Operations

Prior to December 2010, our Transitional Schools segment included those schools that were being taught out. In December 2010, we completed the teach out of our last remaining Transitional school, AIU – Los Angeles, CA. The results of operations for this campus and schools that were previously taught out or sold are presented within discontinued operations. During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we recorded expense of $6.3 million and $75.6 million, respectively, related to future remaining lease obligation charges, net for lease terminations associated with discontinued operations. See Note 5 “Discontinued Operations” of our notes to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our accounting for discontinued operations.

Year Ended December 31, 2009 as Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2008

Revenue

Total revenue for 2009 increased $182.7 million or 11.1% as compared to 2008 as student population increased due to strong student retention and new student start growth. The overall increase in revenue is primarily attributable to increases within University, Health Education and International. University’s and Health Education’s 2009 revenues increased as compared to 2008 due to strong growth in student populations and increased new student starts, as well as University’s strong student retention. International’s increase in 2009 revenue as compared to 2008 can be attributed to strong student population growth, which more than offset the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates.

Educational Services and Facilities Expense

Educational services and facilities expense for 2009 increased $8.8 million and decreased 3.2% as a percentage of revenue as compared to 2008. During 2009, we took steps to optimize our real estate footprint, and as a result, 2009 expense includes $15.8 million of charges primarily related to the fair value of remaining lease obligations for space that was vacated within Culinary Arts, Health Education, University and Corporate and Other. Expense for 2008 includes $14.4 million of pretax charges, including $6.0 million of pretax charges related to lease termination expense, $6.0 million for the fair value of remaining lease obligations for vacated space in our Culinary Arts, Health Education and University segments and $2.4 million for severance and stay bonuses associated with our efforts to reduce redundancies within our organization.

General and Administrative Expense

General and administrative expense for 2009 increased $69.9 million and decreased 1.4% as a percentage of revenue as compared to 2008, as increases in advertising, administrative and bad debt expenses were only partially offset by a decrease in admissions expense. The $43.0 million increase in advertising expense as compared to 2008 was driven by increased spending across all reporting segments, most notably within University, as we continued to capitalize upon market opportunities. The increase in administrative expense for 2009 as compared to 2008 was mainly due to a $23.1 million increase in performance-based compensation expense, driven by outperformance of the Company’s annual business objectives and financial performance metrics related to its annual cash incentive plan being partially offset by a $12.0 million payment received related to the termination of certain insurance policies. The 2008 expense included $10.6 million of pretax charges; $6.3 million related to the settlement of certain legal matters, and $4.3 million for severance and stay bonuses associated with our decision to teach out certain campuses and our efforts to reduce redundancies within our organization.

Bad debt expense for 2009 increased approximately $14.0 million as compared to 2008, primarily within Culinary Arts, as student receivable balances grew as a result of our extended payment plans offered to certain students beginning in the second quarter 2008 as a replacement for the recourse loan program previously provided by Sallie Mae. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in Health Education bad debt expense resulting from increased student aid funding from government programs, as well as the overall improvement in student retention, as students who complete their educational programs have historically had better repayment experience.

 

59


Table of Contents

Goodwill and Asset Impairment

During 2009, we recorded a $2.5 million asset impairment charge for one of our owned facilities, resulting from its carrying value exceeding its current fair value. This noncash charge is reflected within Corporate and Other. During 2008, we recorded approximately $6.8 million in asset impairment charges, including a noncash charge of $4.8 million related to closure of facilities within Culinary Arts and a $2.0 million impairment of a trade name in Health Education.

Operating Income

Operating income for 2009 increased $114.1 million, or 99.4% as compared to 2008, as we experienced increased profitability across the majority of our reporting segments resulting from our ability to leverage our existing cost structure to support our revenue growth. Operating income for both 2009 and 2008 includes a number of significant items. 2009 operating income includes an additional $23.1 million associated with performance-based incentive programs resulting from plan outperformance of 2009 operating targets; $15.8 million of pretax charges related to the fair value of remaining lease obligations for space that was vacated within Culinary Arts, Health Education, University and Corporate and Other; and a $2.5 million asset impairment charge partially offset by the receipt of $12.0 million related to the termination of certain insurance policies. 2008 operating income includes $6.8 million of asset impairment charges, $6.7 million in severance and stay bonus expense, $6.3 million of net expense associated with legal settlements, $6.0 million in lease exit costs and $6.0 million for the fair value of remaining lease obligations for vacated space.

Provision for Income Taxes

Our consolidated effective income tax rate for continuing operations was 35.1% for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 30.2% for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase in our effective tax rate from the prior year was primarily due to the recording of a valuation allowance on the net operating losses of a foreign subsidiary, less non-profit income as a percentage of pretax income and a permanent tax benefit on the sale of a foreign entity in the prior year. In addition, the current year results include lower levels of tax-exempt interest as a percentage of pretax income. Finally, the prior year’s tax rate includes a higher level of reduction of tax reserves due to the expiration of the statute of limitations on international tax matters and the closing of a state income tax audit.

Loss from Discontinued Operations

The results of operations for schools that have been previously taught out or sold are presented within discontinued operations. In connection with the closures of these schools, we recorded future minimum lease obligation charges of $75.6 million and $13.0 million, net of reversals for lease terminations for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. See Note 5, “Discontinued Operations” of our notes to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our accounting for discontinued operations.

 

60


Table of Contents

SEGMENT RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following tables set forth unaudited historical segment results for the periods presented. Results for the prior years have been reclassified to be comparable to the current year presentation.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     REVENUE  
     2010     2009     2008      2010 vs 2009
% Change
    2009 vs 2008
% Change
 
     (Dollars in thousands)               

University

   $ 1,159,291      $ 1,018,194      $ 907,066         13.9     12.3

CTU

     465,315        368,621        294,409         26.2     25.2

AIU

     448,581        409,043        374,699         9.7     9.2

Art & Design

     245,395        240,530        237,958         2.0     1.1

Health Education

     441,608        362,692        308,169         21.8     17.7

Culinary Arts

     387,884        332,236        328,313         16.7     1.2

International

     136,076        121,188        107,558         12.3     12.7

Corporate and Other

     (623     (514     8        
                             

Total

   $ 2,124,236      $ 1,833,796      $ 1,651,114         15.8     11.1
                             

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)     OPERATING MARGIN (LOSS)  
     2010     2009     2008         2010             2009             2008      
     (Dollars in thousands)                    

University

   $ 282,013      $ 195,081      $ 127,248        24.3     19.2     14.0

CTU

     133,881        79,889        50,275        28.8     21.7     17.1

AIU

     118,959        90,127        54,305        26.5     22.0     14.5

Art & Design

     29,173        25,065        22,668        11.9     10.4     9.5

Health Education

     52,028        42,072        14,168        11.8     11.6     4.6

Culinary Arts

     (66,813     14,873        (6,324     -17.2     4.5     -1.9

International

     21,828        18,853        18,856        16.0     15.6     17.5

Corporate and Other

     (42,663     (41,919     (39,104      
                              

Total

   $ 246,393      $ 228,960      $ 114,844        11.6     12.5     7.0
                              

 

     STUDENT POPULATION
As of December 31,
 
                          % Change  
     2010      2009      2008      2010 vs.
2009
    2009 vs.
2008
 

University

     62,400         59,300         50,600         5     17

CTU

     30,900         27,300         21,600         13     26

AIU

     20,000         20,300         17,900         -1     13

Art & Design

     11,500         11,700         11,100         -2     5

Health Education

     29,000         24,200         19,100         20     27

Culinary Arts

     13,100         10,900         8,400         20     30

International

     12,300         10,900         9,600         13     14
                               

Total

     116,800         105,300         87,700         11     20
                               

 

61


Table of Contents
     NEW STUDENT STARTS
For the year ended December 31,
 
                          % Change  
     2010      2009      2008      2010 vs.
2009
    2009 vs.
2008
 

University

     75,290         69,710         62,610         8     11

CTU

     36,240         32,640         27,760         11     18

AIU

     29,920         28,000         26,480         7     6

Art & Design

     9,130         9,070         8,370         1     8

Health Education

     33,540         26,720         21,200         26     26

Culinary Arts

     15,760         13,970         9,950         13     40

International

     8,790         8,140         7,460         8     9
                               

Total

     133,380         118,540         101,220         13     17
                               

Year Ended December 31, 2010 as Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2009

University. Current year student population grew by 5% as compared to the prior year to date, driven by increased new student starts in CTU. As a result, revenue increased nearly 14% as compared to the prior year. As anticipated, our institutions within University began to experience lower new student start growth in the second half of 2010 as we began to compare against significantly higher prior period new student start growth rates as compared to the first half of the year and as our institutions experienced declining student enrollments similar to others across the industry.

2010 operating income increased by $86.9 million, and operating margin increased from 19.2% to 24.3% as compared to the prior year, as increases in revenue more than offset higher levels of operating expenses for academics and admissions to support our growing student population.

Health Education. Revenue increased $78.9 million, or 21.8% as compared to the prior year. The increase in revenue is due to a 20% increase in student population resulting from a 26% increase in new student starts.

Health Education increased its operating income by $10.0 million, or 23.7% as compared to the prior year, as the increase in revenue more than offset increases in operating expenses.

We continue to focus on increasing our geographic presence within Health Education by starting up new campuses. During 2010, we opened a total of six campuses, including: SBC Hillside, IL; SBI Cranston, RI; SBC Tinley Park, IL; SBC Indianapolis, IN; SBC Skokie, IL and SBC Portland, OR. In 2011, we expect to continue to expand our Health Education footprint by opening new campuses. Excluding the impact of our six start-up campuses, revenue increased approximately $71.2 million, or 19.7%, and operating income increased by $18.5 million, or 39.4% as compared to the prior year.

Culinary Arts. Current year to date revenue increased $55.6 million, or 16.7% as compared to the prior year. This increase was due to a 20% increase in student population resulting from a strong student population at the beginning of 2010 and 13% growth in new student starts, as compared to the prior year.

Culinary Arts’ reported an operating loss of $66.8 million as compared to operating income of $14.9 million in the prior year. The increase in revenue was more than offset by the $69.2 million of impairment charges, a $40.8 million pretax charge for the settlement of a legal matter and increased bad debt expense. The increase in bad debt expense as compared to the prior year resulted from the increase in student receivable balances and bad debt reserve rates for those students utilizing extended payment plans to finance their education, as well as additional bad debt expense of $4.6 million recorded in the fourth quarter 2010 resulting from the correction of an error in prior periods attributed to the calculation of the allowance for doubtful accounts associated with our extended payment plan programs.

 

62


Table of Contents

International. Current year revenue increased $14.9 million, or 12.3% as compared to the prior year. The increase was driven by a 13% increase in student population and $3.6 million of revenue related to the IUM acquisition. Excluding a $6.5 million unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates, revenues would have increased 17.7%.

Operating income increased $3.0 million, or 15.8% as compared to the prior year to date. The increase in revenue was partially offset with higher operating expenses, including academic costs related to the support of the growing student population, as well as the integration of IUM. Operating income was impacted by a $1.0 million unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates and an operating loss of $2.1 million for IUM.

Corporate and Other. This category includes unallocated costs that are incurred on behalf of the entire Company as well as costs associated with portions of vacated space previously recorded within our Transitional Schools segment. As the last campus within Transitional Schools ceased operations as of December 31, 2010, the portions of vacated space related to continuing operations are presented as a component of Corporate and Other. Corporate and Other costs increased $0.7 million, or 1.8% as compared to the prior year, as cost efficiencies resulted in the reduction of certain operating expenses, including occupancy costs. The current year results include $4.1 million of bad debt expense incurred from our previously terminated recourse loan program and $2.3 million of asset impairment charges. The prior year results include $11.3 million of additional performance-based compensation expense related to incentive plan outperformance, offset by the receipt of $12.0 million related to the termination of certain insurance policies.

Year Ended December 31, 2009 as Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2008

University. 2009 revenue increased $111.1 million, or 12.3%, as compared to the prior year primarily due to revenue growth in University’s Online platforms. An increase in new student starts of approximately 11% combined with strong student retention drove an increase of approximately 17% in student population as compared to the prior year.

Operating income for 2009 increased by $67.8 million, or 53.3%, as compared to the prior year as increases in revenue more than offset higher levels of advertising expended to continue to support the institutions. Current year operating income also included approximately $6.0 million in pretax charges related to the remaining lease obligations for certain facilities as compared to $1.0 million in the prior year.

Health Education. 2009 revenue increased $54.5 million, or 17.7%, as compared to the prior year due to an increase in student population resulting from a 26% increase in new student starts, as well as a strong carry-in student population from the fourth quarter 2008. Health Education’s 2009 revenue also benefitted from strong student retention.

In 2009, Health Education increased its operating income by $27.9 million, or approximately 197%, as compared to the prior year and profit margin grew from 4.6% to 11.6%. Health Education continued its focus on increasing productivity and operating leverage across its campuses. Seven new campuses were started within Health Education in 2009, with two of these campuses being conversions of existing Transitional Schools which were expected to close in 2009. Prior year operating income included a $2.0 million intangible asset impairment charge for the write-off of the Western School of Health & Business Careers’ trade name.

Culinary Arts. 2009 revenue increased $3.9 million, or 1.2%, as compared to the prior year. This increase was due to an increase in student population resulting from the introduction of a 21-month Culinary program in the first quarter 2009 along with the continued offering of extended payment plans to assist our students in financing their education. These actions, along with the addition of two campuses that opened after the first quarter 2008, contributed to the 40% increase in new student starts as compared to the prior year. Student retention rates improved as compared to the prior year, as we continue to focus on ensuring student success.

 

63


Table of Contents

Culinary Arts’ 2009 operating income increased $21.2 million as compared to the prior year’s operating loss. The prior year operating loss included $15.2 million in lease exit and related asset impairment pretax charges associated with the exit of a dormitory and other facility and a $7.6 million pretax charge associated with the settlement of certain legal matters. Excluding these significant items in the prior year, Culinary’s operating income decreased approximately $1.6 million over the prior year driven by increases in administrative expense and higher bad debt expense as student receivable balances increased for those students utilizing extended payment plans to finance their education.

International. 2009 revenue increased $13.6 million or 12.7%, as compared to the prior year driven by a 9% increase in new student starts over the prior year. Excluding a $7.3 million unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates, revenues would have increased 19.4%.

Operating income for 2009 remained stable as compared to the prior year, as the increase in revenue was more than offset by higher operating expenses. Current year operating income included a $3.0 million pretax charge resulting from the correction of an error in prior periods attributed to accounting for the differences between local accounting policies and U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Operating income for 2009 also includes approximately $1.2 million related to unfavorable foreign currency exchange rates.

Corporate and Other. This category includes unallocated costs that are incurred on behalf of the entire company. Corporate and Other costs remained relatively consistent as compared to the prior year as increased efficiencies and effectiveness of centralization efforts have allowed us to better leverage our resources. The 2009 expense includes an additional $11.3 million associated with performance-based incentive programs resulting from plan outperformance of 2009 operating targets and a $5.3 million pretax charge for the fair value of remaining lease obligations for vacated space which were offset by the receipt of $12.0 million related to the termination of certain insurance policies.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

We have identified the accounting policies and estimates listed below as those that we believe require management’s most subjective and complex judgments in estimating the effect of inherent uncertainties. This section should be read in conjunction with Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements which includes a discussion of these and other significant accounting policies.

Revenue Recognition

Our revenue is derived primarily from academic programs taught to students who attend our schools. We generally segregate our revenue into two categories: (1) tuition and registration fees and (2) other. Tuition and registration fees represent costs to our students for educational services provided by our schools. We generally bill a student for a one-time registration fee at the beginning of the student’s program and we recognize the registration fee revenue on a straight-line basis over that program period, which includes any applicable externship period. We generally bill student tuition fees at the beginning of each academic term, and we recognize the tuition fees as revenue on a straight-line basis over either the academic term or program period, which includes any applicable externship period. The tuition fees earnings method is determined by the type of program a student is enrolled in. Typically, schools that offer our culinary arts and some of our health programs earn tuition fees over the entire course of the program while the remainder of our schools earn tuition fees over each academic term. The portion of tuition and registration fees payments received from students but not earned is recorded as deferred tuition revenue and reflected as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheet, as such amounts represent revenue that we expect to earn within the next year. Deferred tuition revenue is stated net of outstanding student receivables on a student-by-student basis as of the end of the reporting period. If a student withdraws from one of our schools prior to the completion of the academic term or program period, we refund the portion of tuition and registration fees already paid that, pursuant to our refund policy and applicable federal and state law and accrediting agency standards, we are not entitled to retain. Generally, the amount of funds to be refunded to a student is calculated based upon the period of time in which the student has attended classes and

 

64


Table of Contents

the amount of tuition and registration fees paid by the student as of their withdrawal date. Such refunds typically reduce deferred tuition revenue and cash on the Company’s balance sheet as generally the Company does not recognize tuition revenue in its consolidated statement of operations until related refund provisions have lapsed. The portion of deferred revenue the Company is entitled to retain is immediately recognized into revenue with a corresponding charge to bad debt expense for the amount deemed to be uncollectible.

Our schools’ academic year is generally at least 30 weeks in length but varies both by school and program of study and is divided by academic terms or payment periods. Academic terms or payment periods are determined by regulatory requirements mandated by the federal government and/or appropriate accrediting body, which also vary by school and program. Academic terms are determined by start dates, which also vary by school and program. Our schools charge tuition at varying amounts, depending on the school, the type of program and specific curriculum. Our students finance costs through a variety of funding sources, including, among others, federal loan and grant programs, school payment plans, private loans and grants, private and institutional scholarships, and cash payments.

Other revenue consists of, among other things, bookstore sales, student laptop computer sales, dormitory revenue, restaurant revenue, and cafeteria revenue. Revenue derived from dormitory and cafeteria services is generally billed to a student at the beginning of an academic term and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of a student’s dormitory and cafeteria use. Other dormitory and cafeteria revenue, as well as student laptop computer sales, bookstore sales, restaurant revenue and contract training revenue is billed and recognized as services are performed or goods are delivered.

Certain of our schools bill students a single charge that covers tuition and required program materials, such as textbooks and supplies. Such billings, which we treat as a single accounting unit, are recognized as tuition and registration fee revenue on a straight-line basis over the applicable academic term or program period.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We extend unsecured credit to a portion of the students who are enrolled at our schools for tuition and certain other educational costs. Based upon past experience and judgment, we establish an allowance for doubtful accounts with respect to student receivables which the Company estimates will ultimately not be collectible. As such the Company’s operating income only reflects the amount of revenue that is estimated to be reasonably collected. Our allowance estimation methodology considers a number of factors that, based on our collections experience, we believe have an impact on students’ credit risk and the realizability of our student receivables. Among these factors are a student’s status (in-school or out-of-school), anticipated funding source (3rd party, internal short-term and extended payment plans), whether or not an out-of-school student has completed his or her program of study and our overall collections experience. Out-of-school students include students who have withdrawn from or completed their programs of study. All other students are classified as in-school students.

We monitor our collections and write-off experience to assess whether adjustments to our allowance percentage estimates are necessary. Changes in trends in any of the factors that we believe impact the realizability of our student receivables, as noted above, or modifications to our credit standards, collection practices, and other related policies may impact our estimate of our allowance for doubtful accounts and our financial results. Additionally, we monitor certain internal and external factors, including changes in our academic programs, as well as changes in the current economic, legislative and regulatory environments.

A one percentage point change in our allowance for doubtful accounts as a percentage of gross earned student receivables from continuing operations as of December 31, 2010, would have resulted in a change in pretax income from continuing operations of $1.7 million during the year then ended.

Because a substantial portion of our revenue is derived from Title IV Programs, any legislative or regulatory action that significantly reduces the funding available under Title IV Programs, or the ability of our students or schools to participate in Title IV Programs, would likely have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition, including the realizability of our receivables.

 

65


Table of Contents

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair market value of identifiable net assets acquired through business purchases. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“FASB ASC”) Topic 350 – Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, we review goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on at least an annual basis by applying a fair-value-based test. In evaluating the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, we must make assumptions regarding the fair value of our reporting units, as defined under FASB ASC Topic 350. If our fair value estimates or related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to record impairment charges related to goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets.

In performing our annual review of goodwill balances for impairment, we estimate the fair value of each of our reporting units based primarily on projected future operating results and cash flows and market assumptions. Projected future operating results and cash flows used for valuation purposes may reflect considerable improvements relative to historical periods with respect to, among other things, revenue growth and operating margins. Although we believe our projected future operating results and cash flows and related estimates regarding fair values are based on reasonable assumptions, historically projected operating results and cash flows have not always been achieved. The failure of one of our reporting units to achieve projected operating results and cash flows in the near term or long term may reduce the estimated fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value and result in the recognition of a goodwill impairment charge. We monitor the operating results and cash flows of our reporting units on a quarterly basis for signs of possible declines in estimated fair value and goodwill impairment. See Note 9 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of goodwill impairment considerations and related charges we recognized during the year ended December 31, 2010.

Long-Lived Assets

On an ongoing basis, we review property and equipment, definite-lived intangible assets, and other long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that carrying amounts may not be recoverable. If such events or changes in circumstances occur, we will recognize an impairment loss if the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset is less than the carrying value of the related asset. The impairment loss would adjust the asset to its estimated fair value.

In evaluating the recoverability of long-lived assets, we must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the estimated fair value of such assets. If our fair value estimates or related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to record impairment charges related to long-lived assets and definite-lived intangible assets. See Note 8 “Property and Equipment” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of long-lived asset impairment considerations and related charges we recognized during the year ended December 31, 2010.

Contingencies

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450 – Contingencies, the Company analyzes whether it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred, and whether the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. If the loss contingency is both probable and reasonably estimable, then we accrue for costs, including direct costs incurred, associated with the loss contingency. If no accrual is made but the loss contingency is reasonably possible, we disclose the nature of the contingency and the related estimate of possible loss or range of loss if such an estimate can be made. Loss contingencies include, but are not limited to, possible losses related to legal proceedings and regulatory compliance matters. Liabilities established to provide for contingencies are adjusted as further information develops, circumstances change, or contingencies are resolved.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 – Income Taxes. This requires the recognition of deferred income taxes based upon the tax consequences of temporary differences between

 

66


Table of Contents

financial reporting and income tax reporting by applying enacted statutory income tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. Topic 740 also requires that deferred income tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred income tax asset will not be realized.

In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income tax liability for each of the tax jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current income tax expense and assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of certain income or expense items for income tax reporting and financial reporting purposes. We also recognize as deferred income tax assets the expected future income tax benefits of net operating loss carry forwards. In evaluating the realizability of deferred income tax assets associated with net operating loss carry forwards, we consider, among other things, expected future taxable income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary reporting differences, and the expected impact of tax planning strategies that may be implemented to prevent the potential loss of future income tax benefits. Changes in, among other things, income tax legislation, statutory income tax rates, or future taxable income levels could materially impact our valuation of income tax assets and liabilities and could cause our income tax provision to vary significantly among financial reporting periods.

Topic 740 further clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. Topic 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The initial application of this guidance to our tax positions had no effect on our stockholders’ equity.

LIQUIDITY, FINANCIAL POSITION, AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

As of December 31, 2010, cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments totaled $449.2 million. Our cash flows from operations have historically been adequate to fulfill our liquidity requirements. We finance our operating activities and our organic growth primarily through cash generated from operations. We finance acquisitions primarily through funding from credit facility borrowings and cash generated from operations. We anticipate that we will be able to satisfy the cash requirements associated with, among other things, our working capital needs, capital expenditures and lease commitments through at least the next 12 months primarily with cash generated by operations, existing cash balances, and, if necessary, borrowings under our existing credit agreement.

Included in cash and cash equivalents within our consolidated balance sheets are amounts related to certain of our European campuses that are operated as not-for-profit schools. The cash and cash equivalents related to these schools have restrictions which require that the funds be utilized for these particular not-for-profit schools. The amount of not-for-profit cash and cash equivalents with restrictions was $58.5 million and $49.9 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Restrictions on these cash balances have not affected, nor do we believe that such restrictions will affect, our ability to fund our daily operations.

Sources and Uses of Cash

Operating Cash Flows

During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, net cash flows provided by operating activities totaled $272.3 million and $288.3 million, respectively.

Our primary source of cash flows from operating activities is tuition collected from our students. Our students finance tuition costs through the use of a variety of funding sources, including, among others, federal loan and grant programs, state grant programs, private loans and grants, school payment plans, private and

 

67


Table of Contents

institutional scholarships and cash payments. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, approximately 82%, 81% and 70% respectively, of our U.S. schools’ cash receipts from tuition payments come from Title IV Program funding.

For further discussion of Title IV Program funding and alternative private loan funding sources for our students, see “Student Financial Aid” and “Alternative Student Financial Aid Sources” in Part I, Item 1 “Business” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our primary uses of cash to support our operating activities include, among other things, cash paid to employees for services, to vendors for products and services, to lessors for rents and operating costs related to leased facilities, to suppliers for textbooks and other school supplies, and to federal, state and local governments for income and other taxes.

Although we anticipate that we will be able to satisfy cash requirements for working capital needs, capital expenditures, and commitments through at least the next year primarily with cash generated by our operations, existing cash balances and, if necessary, borrowings under our existing credit agreement, we are not able to assess the effect of loss contingencies on future cash requirements and liquidity. See Note 12 “Commitments and Contingencies” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of these matters.

Investing Cash Flows

During the year ended December 31, 2010, net cash flows used in investing activities totaled $109.7 million compared to net cash flows used in investing activities of $49.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in the cash outflows attributed to investing activities was primarily due to increased purchases of property and equipment and leasehold improvements made at our campus support center.

Capital Expenditures. Capital expenditures increased $53.2 million, or 71.8% from $74.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, to $127.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. Capital expenditures represented 6.0% and 4.0% of total revenue during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Capital expenditures continued to grow in 2010 due to the increased investment in our new campus support center.

Acquisition of International University of Monaco. On April 15, 2010, we acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding stock of International University of Monaco for approximately $6.2 million, excluding acquired cash balances of approximately $0.1 million. The purchase price was funded with cash generated from operating activities.

Acquisition of the rights to the LCB brand—Earnout Payments. Effective August 31, 2009, we acquired the outright rights to the Le Cordon Bleu brand in the education services field for the U.S. and Canada. The purchase price for the brand rights consisted of $25.0 million in cash funded from operations, 3.0 million shares of CEC common stock valued at $71.3 million as of the closing date and an estimated $43.0 million of earnout payments over a 30-month period. As of December 31, 2010, we have made approximately $18.2 million in earnout payments since acquisition of the brand.

Purchases and Sales of Available-for-Sale Investments. Purchases and sales of available-for-sale investments resulted in a net cash inflow of $40.6 million and $51.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Financing Cash Flows

During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, net cash flows used in financing activities totaled $156.9 million and $199.2 million, respectively.

 

68


Table of Contents

Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2010, we had no outstanding debt under our U.S. Credit Agreement and letters of credit totaling approximately $5.2 million. The credit availability under our U.S. Credit Agreement as of December 31, 2010 was $179.8 million. See Note 10 “Credit Agreements” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of our outstanding credit agreement.

Repurchases of Stock. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we repurchased approximately 5.4 million shares of our common stock for approximately $154.9 million at an average price of $28.54 per share. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we repurchased approximately 9.0 million shares of our common stock for approximately $200.0 million at an average price of $22.23 per share. Repurchases of stock during 2010 and 2009 were funded by cash generated from operating activities.

As of December 31, 2010, approximately $290.5 million was available under the program to repurchase outstanding shares of our common stock. Stock repurchases under this program may be made on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions from time to time, depending on various factors, including market conditions and corporate and regulatory requirements. The stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date and may be suspended or discontinued at any time.

On November 15, 2010, we entered into a stock repurchase plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), in connection with our previously authorized stock repurchase program. A Rule 10b5-1 plan allows a company to repurchase its shares at times when it otherwise might be unable to do so under the 1934 Act’s insider trading rules. This stock repurchase plan facilitated purchases of our common stock under our previously authorized stock repurchase program. Purchases of common stock under this plan were subject to specified parameters and certain price and volume restraints as established in the plan. During January 2011, our designated broker repurchased on our behalf an additional 3.7 million shares of our common stock for $79.9 million at an average price of $21.47 per share under this plan. As a result, approximately $210.5 million was available under our previously authorized stock repurchase program to repurchase outstanding shares of our common stock as of January 31, 2011.

Payment of assumed loans. In conjunction with our acquisition of IUM, we assumed loans in the amount of $4.3 million. Repayment of these loans was made immediately after the acquisition closed.

Contractual Obligations

As of December 31, 2010, future minimum cash payments due under contractual obligations, including, among others, non-cancelable operating and capital lease agreements, and other long-term arrangements, were as follows:

 

     2011      2012      2013      2014      2015      2016 &
Thereafter
     Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Operating lease obligations

   $ 119,961       $ 112,838       $ 107,323       $ 104,629       $ 92,679       $ 269,475       $ 806,905   

Capital lease obligations(1)

     1,056         1,053         219         —           —           —           2,328   

Legal settlements(2)

     40,750         —           —           —           —           —           40,750   
                                                              

Total contractual cash obligations(3)

   $ 161,767       $ 113,891       $ 107,542       $ 104,629       $ 92,679       $ 269,475       $ 849,983   
                                                              

 

(1) The capital lease obligations include both the future principal payment amount as well as an amount calculated for expected future interest payments.
(2) The legal settlement recorded in connection with the Amador and Adams actions is expected to be paid in the first quarter of 2011. See Note 12 “Commitments and Contingencies” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for more details.
(3) Due to uncertainty regarding the completion of tax audits and possible outcomes, we do not know the timing of when our obligations related to unrecognized tax benefits will occur, if at all. See Note 13 “Income Taxes” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional detail.

 

69


Table of Contents

On August 31, 2009, we acquired all rights to the Le Cordon Bleu brand in the educational services field for the U.S. and Canada. A portion of the purchase price consists of a 30-month earnout payment based upon Culinary Arts tuition fee revenue estimated at $43.0 million. As of December 31, 2010, $25.1 million of the earnout remained outstanding. Future adjustment to the earnout may be warranted as the actual tuition fee revenue may vary from the current estimate.

Operating Lease Obligations. We lease most of our administrative and educational facilities and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases expiring at various dates through 2028. Lease terms generally range from five to ten years with one to two renewal options for extended terms. The amounts included in the table above represent future minimum lease payments for non-cancelable operating leases for continuing operations and discontinued operations.

Capital Lease Obligations. We have assumed capital lease obligations in connection with certain acquisitions as well as financed certain equipment purchases under capital lease arrangements. As of December 31, 2010, the balance of outstanding capital lease obligations was approximately $2.0 million.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements. As of December 31, 2010, we were not a party to any off-balance sheet financing or contingent payment arrangements, nor do we have any unconsolidated subsidiaries.

Changes in Financial Position—December 31, 2010 compared to December 31, 2009

Selected consolidated balance sheet account changes from December 31, 2009, to December 31, 2010, were as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2010     2009     % Change  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

ASSETS

      

CURRENT ASSETS:

      

Short-term investments

   $ 159,671      $ 200,379        -20

Student receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts

     62,287        57,795        8

NON-CURRENT ASSETS:

      

Property and equipment, net

     366,775        304,028        21

Intangible assets, net

     118,763        180,520        -34

Student receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts

     12,522        21,455        -42

Other assets, net

     37,816        23,178        63

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

      

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

      

Accrued expenses:

      

Payroll and related benefits

     73,608        87,763        -16

Income taxes

     8,069        17,849        -55

Other

     98,113        45,923        114

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:

      

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     37,576        64,558        -42

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

      

Cost of shares in treasury

     (191     (221,887     -100

Short-term investments: The decrease in short-term investments is primarily due to increased spending for capital expenditures in 2010 as compared to 2009.

 

70


Table of Contents

Current Assets – Student receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts: The overall increase in student population contributed to the increase in short-term student receivables, net. Additionally, the increase is partly due to the level of funding provided through extended payment programs increasing during the current year.

Property and equipment, net: The increase is primarily due to capital expenditures related to our new campus support center and investments in our start-up campuses.

Intangible assets, net: The decrease primarily relates to the $67.8 million impairment of the Le Cordon Bleu trade name in the fourth quarter of 2010, which was partially offset with $3.6 million of intangible assets acquired in the purchase of IUM.

Non-Current Assets – Student receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts: The decrease is primarily due to an increase in the allowance for doubtful accounts related to our student extended payment plans as a result of increased reserve rates based upon repayment history.

Other assets, net: The increase is primarily due to a $13.1 million tenant improvement allowance associated with our real estate lease for our new campus support center, which is expected to be received in 2012.

Accrued expenses – Payroll and related benefits: The decrease is mainly due to the recording of $23.1 million of additional performance-based compensation expense related to incentive plan outperformance in 2009, which was paid during the first quarter of 2010.

Accrued expenses – Income taxes: The decrease is mainly due to recent tax law changes resulting in increased eligible deductions, as well as higher estimated tax payments and state refunds as compared to the prior year.

Accrued expenses – Other: The increase is primarily related to a $40.8 million pretax charge recorded in the current year related to the settlement of a legal matter.

Liabilities of discontinued operations: The decrease is driven by decreases in our remaining lease obligations due to the termination of certain lease obligations.

Cost of shares in treasury – The decrease in cost of shares in treasury was driven by the retirement of 15.1 million shares of treasury stock with a total value of $379.1 million during the fourth quarter of 2010.

Litigation and Regulatory Matters

See Note 12 “Commitments and Contingencies” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of selected litigation and regulatory matters affecting our business.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 4 “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements that may affect us.

 

71


Table of Contents
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We use various techniques to manage our market risk, including, from time to time, the use of derivative financial instruments. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

Our municipal bond investments are auction rate securities (“ARS”) which generally have stated terms to maturity of greater than one year. We classify investments in ARS on our consolidated balance sheets within other non-current assets. Auctions can “fail” when the number of sellers of the security exceeds the buyers for that particular auction period. In the event that an auction fails, the interest rate resets at a rate based on a formula determined by the individual security. The ARS for which auctions have failed continue to accrue interest and are auctioned on a set interval until the auction succeeds, the issuer calls the securities, or they mature. As of December 31, 2010, we have determined these investments are at risk for impairment due to the nature of the liquidity of the market over the past year. As a result, we recorded a cumulative unrealized loss reflected within other comprehensive (loss) income on our consolidated balance sheet of approximately $0.4 million as of December 31, 2010.

Interest Rate Exposure

Any outstanding borrowings under our credit agreement bear annual interest at fluctuating rates as determined by the Prime Rate or the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had no outstanding borrowings under this agreement.

Our investments and debt instruments are recorded at their fair values as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. We believe that the exposure of our consolidated financial position and results of operations and cash flows to adverse changes in interest rates is not significant.

Foreign Currency Exposure

We are subject to foreign currency exchange exposures arising from current and anticipated transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and from the translation of foreign currency balance sheet accounts into U.S. dollar balance sheet accounts. Specifically, we are subject to risks associated with fluctuations in the value of the Euro and the British pound versus the U.S. dollar. Our investment in our foreign operations as of December 31, 2010, was not significant to our consolidated financial position.

We believe that the exposure of our consolidated financial position and results of operations and cash flows to adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates is not significant.

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The financial information required by Item 8 is contained in Part IV, Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

72


Table of Contents
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We completed an evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Report under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2010 our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that (i) the information required to be disclosed by us in this Report was recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms provided by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and (ii) information required to be disclosed by us in our reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2010, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Inherent Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls

Our management does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal controls will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our company have been detected.

These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Projections of any evaluation of controls effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of the financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Based upon the evaluation under the framework contained in the COSO Report, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2010, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, who audited and reported on the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This attestation report is included on page 80 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

73


Table of Contents
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

 

74


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Below is a list of our Executive Leadership Team and Board of Directors:

 

Executive Leadership Team:

   Board of Directors:

Gary E. McCullough

   Steven H. Lesnik – Chairman of the Board

President and Chief Executive Officer

   Chairman of KemperSports Inc.

Michael J. Graham

   Gary E. McCullough

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

   President and Chief Executive Officer of Career Education Corporation

Jeffrey D. Ayers

   Dennis H. Chookaszian

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

   Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of CNA Financial Corporation

Thomas G. Budlong

   David W. Devonshire

Senior Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and Chief of Staff

   Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Motorola, Inc.

Robert T. DeYoung

   Patrick W. Gross

Senior Vice President, Corporate Marketing and Chief Marketing Officer

   Founder and Chairman of the Lovell Group

Jason T. Friesen

   Gregory L. Jackson

Senior Vice President of Finance, Investor Relations and Treasurer

   Portfolio Manager, Ensign Peak Advisors
   Thomas B. Lally

George K. Grayeb

Senior Vice President, Health Education

   Former President of Heller Equity Capital Corporation

Thomas A. McNamara

   Edward A. Snyder

Senior Vice President, Art & Design

   Dean-Elect of the Yale School of Management

Colleen M. O’Sullivan

Senior Vice President and
Chief Accounting Officer

  

Leslie T. Thornton

Partner, Dickstein Shapiro, LLP and former Chief of Staff to U.S. Secretary of Education Richard W. Riley

Steven J. Tober

  

Chief Executive Officer of American InterContinental University

  

Jeremy J. Wheaton

  

Chief Executive Officer of Colorado Technical University

  

Brian R. Williams

  

Senior Vice President, Culinary Arts

  

The other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

75


Table of Contents
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Certain of the information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2010, with respect to shares of our common stock that may be issued under our existing equity compensation plans:

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

 

      (a)     (b)      (c)  

Plan Category

   Number of shares to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options
    Weighted-average exercise
price of outstanding options
     Number of shares
remaining available for
future issuances
under equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
 

Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders

     3,574,614 (1)    $ 28.29         6,168,384 (2) 

Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders

     200,000 (3)    $ 19.60         —     
                   

Total

     3,774,614      $ 27.83         6,168,384   
                   

 

(1) Includes outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock under the Career Education Corporation 1998 Employee Incentive Compensation Plan, 1998 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan and 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan.
(2) Includes shares available for future issuance under the Career Education Corporation 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan and excludes securities reflected in column (a). In addition to stock options, the Career Education Corporation 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan provides for the issuance of stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock, stock, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards, performance awards, or cash incentive awards.
(3) On August 30, 2002, we issued an option to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock to Le Cordon Bleu Limited in connection with an amendment to a now terminated license agreement giving us the exclusive right to use the Le Cordon Bleu name in North America. The option was immediately exercisable at an exercise price per share of $19.60 and expires on August 29, 2012. The exercise price of the option represents 90 percent of the average closing sale price of our common stock during the five trading days ended August 29, 2002. The option was issued pursuant to an exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The issuance was made without general solicitation or advertising.

Career Education Corporation, its directors and certain of its officers may be deemed to be participants in the solicitation of Career Education Corporation’s security holders in connection with its 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Security holders may obtain information regarding the names, affiliations, and interests of such individuals in this Form 10-K and its Proxy Statement relating to its 2011 Annual Meeting.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

76


Table of Contents
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

  1. Financial Statements

The financial statements listed in the Index to Financial Statements (page 79) are filed as part of this Annual Report.

 

  2. Financial Statement Schedules

These schedules have been omitted because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto or because they are not applicable or not required.

 

  3. Exhibits

The exhibits listed in the Index to Exhibits (page 127 – 130) are filed as part of this Annual Report.

 

77


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 22nd day of February 2011.

 

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/    MICHAEL J. GRAHAM        

  Michael J. Graham,
 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    GARY E. MCCULLOUGH        

Gary E. McCullough

  

President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

  February 22, 2011

/s/    MICHAEL J. GRAHAM        

Michael J. Graham

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

  February 22, 2011

/s/    COLLEEN M. O’SULLIVAN        

Colleen M. O’Sullivan

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

  February 22, 2011

/s/    DENNIS H. CHOOKASZIAN        

Dennis H. Chookaszian

  

Director

  February 22, 2011

/s/    DAVID W. DEVONSHIRE        

David W. Devonshire

  

Director

  February 22, 2011

/s/    PATRICK W. GROSS        

Patrick W. Gross

  

Director

  February 22, 2011

/s/    GREGORY L. JACKSON        

Gregory L. Jackson

  

Director

  February 22, 2011

/s/    THOMAS B. LALLY        

Thomas B. Lally

  

Director

  February 22, 2011

/s/    STEVEN H. LESNIK        

Steven H. Lesnik

  

Chairman of the Board and Director

  February 22, 2011

/s/    EDWARD A. SNYDER        

Edward A. Snyder

  

Director

  February 22, 2011

/s/    LESLIE T. THORNTON        

Leslie T. Thornton

  

Director

  February 22, 2011

 

78


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

     80   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     81   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009

     82   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     83   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December  31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     84   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     85   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     86   

 

79


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON

INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Career Education Corporation

We have audited Career Education Corporation and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Career Education Corporation and subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying report on Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Career Education Corporation and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Career Education Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 of Career Education Corporation and subsidiaries, and our report dated February 22, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 22, 2011

 

80


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Career Education Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Career Education Corporation and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As described in footnote 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has restated its December 31, 2009 balance sheet relating to the recording of treasury share retirements.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Career Education Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 22, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 22, 2011

 

81


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     As of December 31,  
     2010     2009  
           (Restated)  
ASSETS     

CURRENT ASSETS:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 289,482      $ 284,334   

Short-term investments

     159,671        200,379   
                

Total cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments

     449,153        484,713   

Student receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $50,104 and $34,940 as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively

     62,287        57,795   

Receivables, other, net

     4,132        5,255   

Prepaid expenses

     45,990        40,748   

Inventories

     13,142        11,259   

Deferred income tax assets, net

     31,665        12,774   

Other current assets

     6,246        8,790   

Assets of discontinued operations

     6,742        7,501   
                

Total current assets

     619,357        628,835   
                

NON-CURRENT ASSETS:

    

Property and equipment, net

     366,775        304,028   

Goodwill

     381,476        377,515   

Intangible assets, net

     118,763        180,520   

Student receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $40,840 and $18,394 as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively

     12,522        21,455   

Deferred income tax assets, net

     5,092        3,187   

Other assets, net

     37,816        23,178   

Assets of discontinued operations

     19,055        25,124   
                

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 1,560,856      $ 1,563,842   
                
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

    

Current maturities of capital lease obligations

   $ 783      $ 880   

Accounts payable

     56,013        51,100   

Accrued expenses:

    

Payroll and related benefits

     73,608        87,763   

Advertising and production costs

     18,846        21,436   

Income taxes

     8,069        17,849   

Earnout payments

     17,439        18,009   

Other

     98,113        45,923   

Deferred tuition revenue

     176,102        184,336   

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     15,100        14,713   
                

Total current liabilities

     464,073        442,009   
                

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:

    

Capital lease obligations, net of current maturities

     1,223        2,262   

Deferred rent obligations

     103,996        90,676   

Earnout payments

     7,690        23,680   

Other liabilities

     11,761        18,612   

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     37,576        64,558   
                

Total non-current liabilities

     162,246        199,788   
                

SHARE-BASED AWARDS SUBJECT TO REDEMPTION

     153        521   

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

    

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding

     —          —     

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 300,000,000 shares authorized; 81,220,265 and 95,399,192 shares issued, 81,209,410 and 85,785,478 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively

     812        954   

Additional paid-in capital

     576,853        662,865   

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     (81     8,408   

Retained earnings

     356,991        471,184   

Cost of 10,855 and 9,613,714 shares in treasury as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively

     (191     (221,887
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     934,384        921,524   
                

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 1,560,856      $ 1,563,842   
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

82


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  

REVENUE:

      

Tuition and registration fees

   $ 2,042,383      $ 1,760,237      $ 1,584,474   

Other

     81,853        73,559        66,640   
                        

Total revenue

     2,124,236        1,833,796        1,651,114   
                        

OPERATING EXPENSES:

      

Educational services and facilities

     639,123        606,014        597,219   

General and administrative

     1,095,519        931,118        861,264   

Depreciation and amortization

     71,372        65,204        70,944   

Goodwill and asset impairment

     71,829        2,500        6,843   
                        

Total operating expenses

     1,877,843        1,604,836        1,536,270   
                        

Operating income

     246,393        228,960        114,844   
                        

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):

      

Interest income

     1,180        2,372        13,775   

Interest expense

     (377     (225     (869

Share of affiliate earnings

     —          —          4,665   

Miscellaneous (expense) income

     (319     (706     2,049   
                        

Total other income

     484        1,441        19,620   
                        

PRETAX INCOME

     246,877        230,401        134,464   

Provision for income taxes

     80,287        80,894        40,634   
                        

INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

     166,590        149,507        93,830   

LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, net of tax

     (8,817     (68,288     (33,688
                        

NET INCOME

   $ 157,773      $ 81,219      $ 60,142   
                        

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE—BASIC:

      

Income from continuing operations

   $ 2.08      $ 1.74      $ 1.04   

Loss from discontinued operations

     (0.11     (0.79     (0.37
                        

Net income

   $ 1.97      $ 0.95      $ 0.67   
                        

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE—DILUTED:

      

Income from continuing operations

   $ 2.06      $ 1.73      $ 1.04   

Loss from discontinued operations

     (0.11     (0.79     (0.37
                        

Net income

   $ 1.95      $ 0.94      $ 0.67   
                        

WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING:

      

Basic

     79,902        85,838        89,810   
                        

Diluted

     80,850        86,418        90,089   
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

83


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands)

 

    Common
Stock
    Treasury Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Retained
Earnings
    Total  
    Issued
Shares
    $0.01
Par
Value
    Purchased
Shares
    Cost          
                            (Restated)           (Restated)        

BALANCE, December 31, 2007

    92,956      $ 930        (2,544   $ (75,023   $ 625,167      $ 16,304      $ 318,730      $ 886,108   

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          60,142        60,142   

Foreign currency translation loss

    —          —          —          —          —          (10,932     —          (10,932

Unrealized gain on investments

    —          —          —          —          —          402        —          402   
                     

Total comprehensive income

                  49,612   
                     

Treasury stock purchased

    —          —          (1,000     (13,842     —          —          —          (13,842

Share-based compensation expense:

               

Stock option plans

    —          —          —          —          7,065        —          —          7,065   

Restricted stock award plans

    —          —          —          —          4,211        —          —          4,211   

Employee stock purchase plan

    —          —          —          —          246        —          —          246   

Common stock issued under:

               

Stock option plans

    139        1        —          —          1,218        —          —          1,219   

Restricted stock award plans

    31        —          (14     (213     —          —          —          (213

Employee stock purchase plan

    181        2        —          —          2,018        —          —          2,020   

Tax benefit of options exercised

    —          —          —          —          471        —          —          471   

Adjustment of share-based awards subject to redemption

    —          —          —          —          —          —          10,755        10,755   
                                                               

BALANCE, December 31, 2008

    93,307      $ 933        (3,558   $ (89,078   $ 640,396      $ 5,774      $ 389,627      $ 947,652   
                                                               

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          81,219        81,219   

Foreign currency translation gain

    —          —          —          —          —          3,807        —          3,807   

Unrealized loss on investments

    —          —          —          —          —          (1,173     —          (1,173
                     

Total comprehensive income

                  83,853   
                     

Treasury stock purchased

    —          —          (8,996     (199,811     —          —          —          (199,811

Acquisition of the rights to the Le Cordon Bleu brand

    —          —          3,000        68,310        2,940        —          —          71,250   

Share-based compensation expense:

               

Stock option plans

    —          —          —          —          6,384        —          —          6,384   

Restricted stock award plans

    —          —          —          —          9,760        —          —          9,760   

Employee stock purchase plan

    —          —          —          —          372        —          —          372   

Common stock issued under:

               

Stock option plans

    57        1        —          —          691        —          —          692   

Restricted stock award plans

    1,925        19        (60     (1,308     (19     —          —          (1,308

Employee stock purchase plan

    110        1        —          —          2,104        —          —          2,105   

Tax benefit of options exercised

    —          —          —          —          237        —          —          237   

Adjustment of share-based awards subject to redemption

    —          —          —          —          —          —          338        338   
                                                               

BALANCE, December 31, 2009

    95,399      $ 954        (9,614   $ (221,887   $ 662,865      $ 8,408      $ 471,184      $ 921,524   
                                                               

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          157,773        157,773   

Foreign currency translation loss

    —          —          —          —          —          (8,577     —          (8,577

Unrealized gain on investments

    —          —          —          —          —          88        —          88   
                     

Total comprehensive income

                  149,284   
                     

Treasury stock purchased

    —          —          (5,427     (154,913     —          —          —          (154,913

Treasury stock retirement

    (15,119     (151     15,119        379,139        (106,654     —          (272,334     —     

Share-based compensation expense:

               

Stock option plans

    —          —          —          —          7,419        —          —          7,419   

Restricted stock award plans

    —          —          —          —          9,485        —          —          9,485   

Employee stock purchase plan

    —          —          —          —          414        —          —          414   

Common stock issued under:

               

Stock option plans

    52        —          —          —          766        —          —          766   

Restricted stock award plans

    774        8        (89     (2,530     (8     —          —          (2,530

Employee stock purchase plan

    114        1        —          —          2,343        —          —          2,344   

Tax benefit of options exercised

    —          —          —          —          223        —          —          223   

Adjustment of share-based awards subject to redemption

    —          —          —          —          —          —          368        368   
                                                               

BALANCE, December 31, 2010

    81,220      $ 812        (11   $ (191   $ 576,853      $ (81   $ 356,991      $ 934,384   
                                                               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

84


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net income

   $ 157,773      $ 81,219      $ 60,142   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Goodwill and asset impairment

     71,829        2,500        13,600   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     71,624        67,596        77,688   

Bad debt expense

     106,324        56,718        44,278   

Compensation expense related to share-based awards

     17,318        16,516        11,522   

Gain on sale of business

     —          —          (1,555

Loss on disposition of property and equipment

     457        1,291        573   

Share of affiliate earnings, net of cash received

     —          —          939   

Deferred income taxes

     (17,007     (8,702     (749

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Student receivables, gross

     (30,105     (14,961     4,689   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (68,815     (52,000     (46,935

Other receivables, net

     (459     3,924        1,569   

Inventories, prepaid expenses, and other current assets

     (1,542     2,730        11,831   

Deposits and other non-current assets

     (1,794     (1,896     1,015   

Accounts payable

     4,364        22,507        1,505   

Accrued expenses and deferred rent obligations

     (25,055     81,239        9,779   

Deferred tuition revenue

     (12,653     29,570        (3,171
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     272,259        288,251        186,720   
                        

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      

Purchases of available-for-sale investments

     (291,864     (617,032     (580,970

Sales of available-for-sale investments

     332,445        668,281        483,635   

Purchases of property and equipment

     (127,283     (74,087     (53,854

Acquisition of the rights to the Le Cordon Bleu brand

     (16,852     (26,331     —     

Business acquisition, net of acquired cash

     (6,194     —          —     

Other

     88        (132     402   
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (109,660     (49,301     (150,787
                        

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Purchase of treasury stock

     (154,913     (201,119     (14,055

Issuance of common stock

     3,109        2,797        3,239   

Tax benefit associated with stock option exercises

     223        237        471   

Payments of assumed loans upon business acquisition

     (4,279     —          —     

Payments on revolving loans

     —          —          (10,113

Payments of capital lease obligations

     (1,013     (1,066     (590
                        

Net cash used in financing activities

     (156,873     (199,151     (21,048
                        

EFFECT OF FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:

     (1,316     415        (7,732
                        

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     4,410        40,214        7,153   

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS CASH ACTIVITY INCLUDED ABOVE:

      

Add: Cash balance of discontinued operations, beginning of the year

     738        1,945        26,557   

Less: Cash balance of discontinued operations, end of the year

     —          738        1,945   

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of the year

     284,334        242,913        211,148   
                        

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of the year

   $ 289,482      $ 284,334      $ 242,913   
                        

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

      

Interest paid

   $ 162      $ 103      $ 586   

Income taxes paid

   $ 103,306      $ 54,908      $ 24,626   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

85


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

1. DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY

The colleges, schools and universities that are part of the Career Education Corporation (“CEC”) family offer high-quality education to a diverse student population of more than 116,000 students across the world in a variety of career-oriented disciplines through online, on-ground and hybrid learning program offerings. The more than 90 campuses that serve these students are located throughout the United States and in France, Italy, the United Kingdom and Monaco, and offer doctoral, master’s, bachelor’s and associate degrees and diploma and certificate programs.

CEC is an industry leader whose institutions are recognized globally. Those institutions include, among others, American InterContinental University (“AIU”); Brooks Institute; Colorado Technical University (“CTU”); Harrington College of Design; INSEEC Group (“INSEEC”) Schools; International University of Monaco (“IUM”); International Academy of Design & Technology (“IADT”); Istituto Marangoni; Le Cordon Bleu North America (“LCB”); and Sanford-Brown Institutes and Colleges. Through its schools, CEC is committed to providing high-quality education, enabling students to graduate and pursue rewarding career opportunities.

For more information, see CEC’s website at www.careered.com. The website includes a detailed listing of individual campus locations and web links to CEC’s colleges, schools and universities.

As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company” and “CEC” refer to Career Education Corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. The terms “school” and “university” refer to an individual, branded, proprietary educational institution, owned by us and includes its campus locations. The term “campus” refers to an individual main or branch campus operated by one of our schools or universities.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

a. Principles of Consolidation & Basis of Presentation

These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of CEC and our wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively “CEC”). All inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. The results of operations of all acquired businesses have been consolidated for all periods subsequent to the date of acquisition.

b. Reclassifications

During 2010, we completed a detailed review of our shared service costs to determine which of these costs should be charged to the segments as well as how these shared service costs should be allocated. These services include legal, finance, human resources, marketing, certain academic functions and certain centralized activities related to student finance, including financial aid processing, student account posting and collections. These costs, recorded within Corporate and Other, were previously allocated to our segments based upon a percentage of revenue. Improved data and analytical capabilities have provided us insight into costs being incurred to support the segments versus costs being incurred to support the corporation as a whole. The new methodology allocates costs based on usage and consumption factors such as student population, employee headcount, advertising spend, number of financial aid recipients and revenue where appropriate. In the case of certain services which are shared evenly across the segments, we allocate equally. The new methodology is intended to provide improved transparency into the costs of the shared services. The effect of these changes impacts the costs reported within each segment and reduces the level of unallocated shared service costs. Results beginning in 2010 are presented under the new methodology and prior period results have been revised to be comparable to the current reporting.

 

86


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

Prior to December 2010, our Transitional Schools segment included those schools that were being taught out and ultimately closed. The teach-out activities for our last remaining Transitional school, American InterContinental University – Los Angeles, CA were completed by December 31, 2010. Accordingly, the results of operations for this campus that were previously reported in our Transitional Schools segment are now reported within discontinued operations. All current and prior period financial statements and the related notes herein, including segment reporting, have been revised to include the results of operations and financial position of this campus as a component of discontinued operations. See Note 5 “Discontinued Operations” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion regarding this reclassification. In addition, the portions of vacated space previously reflected within the Transitional Schools segment which related to continuing operations were recast as a component of Corporate and Other. Prior period results have been revised to be comparable to current reporting.

Our 2010 pretax income included the correction of a prior period error that was identified in the fourth quarter of 2010. This correction resulted in additional bad debt expense, within general and administrative expense, of $5.9 million, or $0.05 per diluted share. The adjustment to bad debt expense resulted from additional analysis surrounding the allowance for doubtful accounts associated with our extended financing payment plans. The analysis performed identified timing differences between the revenue recognized from students who utilize extended financing payment plans and the related allowance for doubtful accounts associated with the accounts receivable for these students. This error was not material to any prior period individually or in the aggregate and therefore was corrected in total in 2010.

Our consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity reflects the correction of an error related to the recording of a treasury share retirement which occurred in the fourth quarter of 2007. The impact of this correction was to increase additional paid-in-capital and reduce retained earnings by $417.9 million, respectively. Previously, we reported additional paid-in capital of $207.3 million and retained earnings of $736.6 million as of December 31, 2007. After the correction of an error, the restated amounts as of December 31, 2007 are $625.2 million and $318.7 million for additional paid-in capital and retained earnings, respectively. All periods presented have been adjusted accordingly. This correction does not impact operating income, net income, cash flows or total stockholders’ equity.

As of December 31, 2010, classroom courseware has been presented as a component of intangible assets, net on our consolidated balance sheets. Previously, classroom courseware was presented under property and equipment, net within our consolidated balance sheets. Prior period balances have been recast to be comparable to current period reporting. Classroom courseware consists of the value of acquired curriculum and lesson plans and syllabi used to deliver educational services.

c. Management’s Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. (“GAAP”) requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Significant estimates, among others, include the allowance for doubtful accounts, the allocation of purchase price to the fair value of net assets and liabilities acquired in connection with business combinations, the assumptions surrounding sublease income utilized in determining the fair value of remaining lease obligations, fair values used in asset impairment evaluations and the assumptions used in determining the earnout payments for the acquired rights to the Le Cordon Bleu brand. Although these estimates are based upon management’s best knowledge of current events and actions that we may undertake in the future, actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

87


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

d. Concentration of Credit Risk

We extend unsecured credit to a portion of the students who are enrolled at our schools for tuition and other educational costs. A substantial portion of credit extended to students is repaid through the students’ participation in various federal financial aid programs authorized by Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (“HEA”), which we refer to as “Title IV Programs.” For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, approximately 82%, 81% and 70% respectively, of our U.S. schools’ cash receipts from tuition payments came from Title IV Program funding.

Transfers of funds received from Title IV Programs are made in accordance with the U.S. Department of Education’s (“ED”) requirements. Changes in ED funding of Title IV Programs could have a material impact on our ability to attract students and the realizability of our student receivables.

e. Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We extend unsecured credit to a portion of the students who are enrolled at our schools for tuition and certain other educational costs. Based upon past experience and judgment, we establish an allowance for doubtful accounts with respect to student receivables which the Company estimates will ultimately not be collectible. As such the Company’s operating income only reflects the amount of revenue that is estimated to be reasonably collected. Our standard allowance estimation methodology considers a number of factors that, based on our collections experience, we believe have an impact on our credit risk and the realizability of our student receivables. Among these factors are a student’s status (in-school or out-of-school), anticipated funding source (3rd party, internal short-term and extended payment plans), whether or not an out-of-school student has completed his or her program of study, and our overall collections history. Out-of-school students include students who have withdrawn from or completed their programs of study. All other students are classified as in-school students.

We monitor our collections and write-off experience to assess whether or not adjustments to our allowance percentage estimates are necessary. Changes in trends in any of the factors that we believe impact the realizability of our student receivables, as noted above, or modifications to our credit standards, collection practices, and other related policies may impact our estimate of our allowance for doubtful accounts and our financial results. Additionally, we monitor certain internal and external factors, including changes in our academic programs, as well as changes in the current economic, legislative and regulatory environments.

f. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts reported in our consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, current portion of student receivables and accounts payable and loans receivable approximate fair value because of the nature of these financial instruments, as they generally have short maturity periods.

The fair value measure of accounting for financial instruments establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

Our student receivables with repayment periods greater than one year are presented within non-current assets on the consolidated balance sheets. It is not practicable to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments, since observable market data is not readily available, and no reasonable estimation methodology exists.

 

88


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

g. Revenue Recognition

Our revenue is derived primarily from academic programs taught to students who attend our schools. We generally segregate our revenue into two categories: (1) tuition and registration fees and (2) other. Tuition and registration fees represent costs to our students for educational services provided by our schools. We generally bill a student for a one-time registration fee at the beginning of the student’s program and we recognize the registration fee revenue on a straight-line basis over that program period, which includes any applicable externship period. We generally bill student tuition fees at the beginning of each academic term, and we recognize the tuition fees as revenue on a straight-line basis over either the academic term or program period, which includes any applicable externship period. The tuition fees earnings method is determined by the type of program a student is enrolled in. Typically, schools that offer our culinary arts and some of our health programs earn tuition fees over the entire course of the program while the remainder of our schools earn tuition fees over each academic term. The portion of tuition and registration fees payments received from students but not earned is recorded as deferred tuition revenue and reflected as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheet, as such amounts represent revenue that we expect to earn within the next year. Deferred tuition revenue is stated net of outstanding student receivables on a student-by-student basis as of the end of the reporting period. If a student withdraws from one of our schools prior to the completion of the academic term or program period, we refund the portion of tuition and registration fees already paid that, pursuant to our refund policy and applicable federal and state law and accrediting agency standards, we are not entitled to retain. Generally, the amount of funds to be refunded to a student is calculated based upon the period of time in which the student has attended classes and the amount of tuition and registration fees paid by the student as of their withdrawal date. Such refunds typically reduce deferred tuition revenue and cash on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as generally the Company does not recognize tuition revenue in its consolidated statement of operations until related refund provisions have lapsed. The portion of deferred revenue the Company is entitled to retain is immediately recognized into revenue with a corresponding charge to bad debt expense for the amount deemed to be uncollectible.

Our schools’ academic year is generally at least 30 weeks in length but varies both by school and program of study and is divided by academic terms or payment periods. Academic terms or payment periods are determined by regulatory requirements mandated by the federal government and/or appropriate accrediting body, which also vary by school and program. Academic terms are determined by start dates, which also vary by school and program. Our schools charge tuition at varying amounts, depending on the school, the type of program and specific curriculum. Our students finance costs through a variety of funding sources, including, among others, federal loan and grant programs, school payment plans, private loans and grants, private and institutional scholarships, and cash payments.

Other revenue consists of, among other things, bookstore sales, student laptop computer sales, dormitory revenue, restaurant revenue, and cafeteria revenue. Revenue derived from dormitory and cafeteria services is generally billed to a student at the beginning of an academic term and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of a student’s dormitory and cafeteria use. Other dormitory and cafeteria revenue, as well as student laptop computer sales, bookstore sales, restaurant revenue, and contract training revenue, is billed and recognized as services are performed or goods are delivered.

Certain of our schools bill students a single charge that covers tuition and required program materials, such as textbooks and supplies. Such billings, which we treat as a single accounting unit, are recognized as tuition and registration fee revenue on a straight-line basis over the applicable academic term or program period.

 

89


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

h. Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents include short-term investments with a term to maturity of less than 90 days at the date of purchase.

Included in cash and cash equivalents are amounts related to certain of our European campuses that are not-for-profit schools. The cash and cash equivalents related to these schools have restrictions which require that the funds be utilized for these particular not-for-profit schools. Restrictions on cash balances have not affected our ability to fund daily operations. See Note 6 “Cash and Cash Equivalents and Investments” of these notes to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

i. Student Receivables

Student receivables represent funds owed to the Company in exchange for the education services that have been provided to a student. Student receivables are reported net of an allowance for doubtful accounts and net of deferred tuition revenue, as determined on a student-by-student basis as of the end of the reporting period. Student receivables which are due to be paid in less than one year are recorded as current assets within our consolidated balance sheet. Student receivables which are due to be paid at dates ranging from one to ten years from the balance sheet date are reported as non-current assets within our consolidated balance sheet.

Generally, a student receivable balance is written off once it reaches greater than 90 days past due. Although we analyze past due receivables, it is not practical to provide an aging of our non-current student receivable balances as a result of the methodology utilized in determining our earned student receivable balances. Student receivables are recognized on our consolidated balance sheets as they are deemed earned over the course of a student’s program and/or term, and therefore cash collections are not applied against specifically dated transactions.

j. Discontinued Operations

Discontinued operations are accounted for in accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“FASB ASC”) Section 360-10-35 Property, Plant, and Equipment. In accordance with FASB ASC Section 360-10-35, the net assets of discontinued operations are recorded on our consolidated balance sheet at estimated fair value. The results of operations of discontinued operations are segregated from operations and reported separately as discontinued operations in our consolidated statement of operations. See Note 5 “Discontinued Operations” of these notes to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our discontinued operations.

k. Investments

Our investments, which primarily consist of U.S. Treasury bills, are classified as “available-for-sale” and recorded at fair value. Any unrealized holding gains or temporary unrealized holding losses, net of income tax effects, are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income as a component of stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses are computed on the basis of specific identification and are included in miscellaneous (expense) income in our consolidated statement of operations. Our investments in municipal auction rate securities generally have stated terms to maturity of greater than one year. As such, we classify such investments as a component of other assets on our consolidated balance sheet within non-current assets.

 

90


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

l. Inventories

Inventories, consisting principally of program materials, textbooks, food, and supplies, are stated at the lower of cost, determined on a first-in, first-out basis, or market. The cost of inventory is reflected as a component of educational services and facilities expense as the items are used or sold.

m. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization are recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets for financial reporting purposes and an accelerated method for income tax reporting purposes. Leasehold improvements and assets recorded under capital leases are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the life of the lease or the useful life. As of December 31, 2010, courseware has been presented as a component of intangible assets, net on our consolidated balance sheet. Maintenance, repairs, minor renewals, and betterments are expensed as incurred, and major improvements, which extend the useful life of the asset, are capitalized.

n. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis or when impairment indicators arise by applying a fair-value-based test. In evaluating the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, we must make assumptions regarding the estimated fair values of our reporting units. Our estimate of the fair value of each of our reporting units is based primarily on projected future operating results and cash flows and market assumptions. The failure of a reporting unit to achieve projected future operating results and cash flows, or adjustments to other valuation assumptions, could change our estimate of reporting unit fair value, in which case we may be required to record an impairment charge related to goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of trade names and accreditation rights. Accreditation rights represent the ability of our schools to participate in Title IV Programs.

Courseware represents the value of acquired curriculum, including lesson plans and syllabi, used to deliver educational services. Acquired courseware balances are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, which are estimated by management based upon, among other things, the expected future utilization period and the nature of the related academic programs. Other definite-lived intangible assets represent ownership related to renewable internet domain names and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the applicable renewal periods.

o. Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We review property and equipment, definite-lived intangible assets, and other long-lived assets for impairment on an annual basis or whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of such assets may not be recoverable. If such adverse events or changes in circumstances occur, we will recognize an impairment loss if the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset are less than the carrying value of the related asset. The impairment loss would reduce the carrying value of the asset to its estimated fair value. See Note 8 “Property and Equipment” of these notes to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

p. Contingencies

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450 – Contingencies, the Company analyzes whether it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred, and whether the amount of loss can be reasonably

 

91


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

estimated. If the loss contingency is both probable and reasonably estimable, then we accrue for costs, including direct costs incurred, associated with the loss contingency. If no accrual is made but the loss contingency is reasonably possible, we disclose the nature of the contingency and the related estimate of possible loss or range of loss if such an estimate can be made. Loss contingencies include, but are not limited to, possible losses related to legal proceedings and regulatory compliance matters. Liabilities established to provide for contingencies are adjusted as further information develops, circumstances change, or contingencies are resolved.

q. Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 – Income Taxes. Topic 740 requires the recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities based upon the income tax consequences of temporary differences between financial reporting and income tax reporting by applying enacted statutory income tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the income tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. Topic 740 also requires that deferred income tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred income tax asset will not be realized.

Topic 740 further clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. Topic 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition.

r. Deferred Rent Obligations

Certain of the real estate operating lease agreements to which we are party contain rent escalation clauses or lease incentives, such as rent abatements or tenant improvement allowances. Rent escalation clauses and lease incentives are taken into account in determining total rent expense to be recognized during the term of the lease, which begins on the date that we take control of the leased space. Renewal options are taken into account in evaluating the overall term of the lease. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 840 – Leases, differences between periodic rent expense and periodic cash rental payments, caused primarily by the recognition of rent expense on a straight-line basis and tenant improvement allowances due or received from lessors, are recorded as deferred rent obligations on our consolidated balance sheet.

We record tenant improvement allowances as a deferred rent obligation on our consolidated balance sheet and as a cash inflow from operating activities in our consolidated statement of cash flows. We record capital expenditures funded by tenant improvement allowances received as a leasehold improvement on our consolidated balance sheet and as a capital expenditure within our consolidated statement of cash flows.

s. Share-Based Compensation

FASB ASC Topic 718 – Compensation-Stock Compensation requires that all share-based payments to employees and non-employee directors, including grants of stock options, shares of restricted stock, and the compensatory elements of employee stock purchase plans, be recognized in the financial statements based on the estimated fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued.

See Note 15 “Share-Based Compensation” of these notes to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our share-based compensation plans, the nature of share-based awards issued under the plans and our accounting for share-based awards.

 

92


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

t. Foreign Currency Translation

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, revenues and expenses related to our foreign-based subsidiaries have been translated into U.S. dollars using average exchange rates during the reporting period, with transaction gains or losses included in net income. The aggregate transaction gains or losses included in net income for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were not significant. The assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries have been translated into U.S. dollars using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet dates, with gains and losses resulting from such translations included in accumulated other comprehensive income. The functional currency of each of our foreign subsidiaries is its local currency.

u. Educational Services and Facilities Expense

Educational services and facilities expense includes costs directly attributable to the educational activity of our schools, including, among others, salaries and benefits of faculty, academic administrators, and student support personnel, rents on school leases, distance learning costs, certain costs of establishing and maintaining computer laboratories, costs of student housing, owned and leased facility costs, royalty fees paid to Le Cordon Bleu Limited through August 2009 and certain student financing costs. Also, included in educational services and facilities expenses are costs of other goods and services provided by our schools, including costs of textbooks, laptop computers, dormitory services, restaurant services, contract training, cafeteria services, rental services, and print-room services. Costs of such other goods and services for continuing operations, included in educational services and facilities expense in our consolidated statements of operations, were approximately $89.5 million, $84.3 million and $80.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

v. Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs for continuing operations, which are included in general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations, were $302.8 million, $291.7 million, and $248.7 million, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

3. BUSINESS ACQUISITION

On April 15, 2010, the Company acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding stock of International University of Monaco (“IUM”) for a purchase price of $6.3 million plus assumption of $4.3 million related to outstanding loans which were immediately paid after the acquisition closed. The purchase price was funded with cash generated from operating activities. IUM is a leading international business university located in the Principality of Monaco, offering bachelor’s, master’s and doctoral programs in such areas as finance, international business and luxury goods and services.

 

93


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of April 15, 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

Current assets (including cash of $79)

   $ 559   

Property and equipment

     524   

Intangible assets not subject to amortization

  

Trade names

     2,383   

Accreditation rights

     740   

Intangible assets subject to amortization

  

Courseware (useful life of 15 years)

     407   

Covenant not to compete (useful life of 4 years)

     62   

Goodwill

     8,360   

Other assets

     17   
        

Total assets acquired

     13,052   
        

Assumed loans

     4,279   

Deferred tuition revenue

     1,104   

Other current liabilities

     1,396   
        

Total liabilities assumed

     6,779   
        

Net assets acquired

   $ 6,273   
        

Goodwill of $8.4 million represents the premium the Company paid over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets it acquired. The Company paid this premium due to the strategic location and brand recognition that IUM contributes to its international operations. We do not expect any portion of this goodwill balance to be deductible for income tax reporting purposes. Acquisition costs of approximately $0.8 million were incurred in conjunction with this acquisition and are recorded in general and administrative expense on our consolidated statements of operations. IUM’s operating results are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

Supplemental pro forma financial statement disclosures have not been included as this acquisition was not material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

4. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In December 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-29, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations. This ASU specifies that when comparative financial statements are presented, the revenue and earnings of the combined entity should be disclosed as though the business combination that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. ASU 2010-29 is effective for business combinations with acquisition dates on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010; early adoption is permitted. Management is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2010-29 will have and does not believe the adoption will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-28, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts. This ASU requires that reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. For public entities, ASU 2010-28

 

94


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2010; early adoption is not permitted. Management is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2010-28 will have and does not believe the adoption will materially impact our financial condition, results of operations and disclosures.

In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-20, Receivables (Topic 310): Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. This ASU is effective for disclosures as of the end of a reporting period for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010 and for disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010. Management has fully considered this guidance, and our adoption did not have a material impact on the level of new disclosures.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements. This ASU requires new disclosures regarding transfers within the fair value hierarchy and the Level 3 reconciliation, and clarifies existing disclosure requirements. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the requirement to present the Level 3 roll forward on a gross basis, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010. Management has fully considered this guidance when determining the fair value and related disclosures of our financial assets as of December 31, 2010 and our adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements, which provides guidance on whether multiple deliverables exist and how arrangement consideration should be measured and allocated to the separate units of accounting in the arrangement. ASU 2009-13, which is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010, is effective for us on January 1, 2011. Management is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2009-13 will have and does not believe the adoption will materially impact our financial condition, results of operations and disclosures.

In January 2009, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Release No. 33-9002, Interactive Data to Improve Financial Reporting. The rule requires all companies to provide their financial statements and financial statement schedules to the SEC and on their corporate websites in interactive data format using the eXtensible Business Reporting Language (“XBRL”), which is an electronic language specifically for the communication of business and financial data. The intention of XBRL is to automate regulatory filings and business information processing and improve the usefulness of such filings to users. Interactive data has the potential to improve efficiencies and the analyses of financial disclosures by investors and other users. The Company was required to adopt this rule by June 15, 2010. The Company elected to early adopt this rule in the first quarter of 2010 and has made the necessary filings.

5. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

For the year ended December 31, 2010, the result of operations for American InterContinental University – Los Angeles, CA is presented within discontinued operations along with the results of operations for schools that have ceased operations or were sold. The loss from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 includes an $8.8 million pretax charge related to recording the estimated fair value of the remaining lease obligations for AIU – Los Angeles, CA. In addition, we terminated the lease agreement for one of our previously recorded remaining lease obligations which resulted in a $6.2 million reduction to the previously estimated fair value of the remaining lease obligation. The lease termination payment of $12.0 million was made in December 2010.

 

95


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

Results of Discontinued Operations

Combined summary results of operations for our discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, were as follows:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 445      $ 12,770      $ 69,667   
                        

Loss before income tax

   $ (13,551   $ (105,774   $ (53,698

Income tax benefit

     (4,734     (37,486     (20,010
                        

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (8,817   $ (68,288   $ (33,688
                        

Assets and Liabilities of Discontinued Operations

Assets and liabilities of discontinued operations on our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 include the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2010      2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Assets:

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —         $ 738   

Receivables, net

     89         271   

Prepaid expenses

     1,294         2,154   

Inventories

     —           12   

Deferred income tax assets

     4,786         3,672   

Other current assets

     573         654   
                 

Total current assets

     6,742         7,501   

Non-current assets:

     

Property and equipment, net

     —           251   

Deferred income tax assets

     17,043         21,946   

Other assets, net

     2,012         2,927   
                 

Total assets of discontinued operations

   $ 25,797       $ 32,625   
                 

Liabilities:

     

Current Liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

   $ 329       $ 181   

Accrued payroll and related benefits

     216         2,398   

Accrued expenses

     1,753         5,410   

Deferred tuition revenue

     —           119   

Remaining lease obligations

     12,802         6,605   
                 

Total current liabilities

     15,100         14,713   

Non-current liabilities:

     

Remaining lease obligations

     37,576         64,558   
                 

Total liabilities of discontinued operations

   $ 52,676       $ 79,271   
                 

 

96


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

Remaining Lease Obligations

A number of the campuses that ceased operations have remaining lease obligations that expire during the years 2011 to 2019. A liability is recorded representing the fair value of the remaining lease obligation at the time in which the space is no longer being utilized. Changes in our future remaining lease obligations, which are reflected within current and non-current liabilities of discontinued operations on our consolidated balance sheets, for our discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, were as follows:

 

     Balance,
Beginning
of Period
     Charges
Incurred(1)
     Net Cash
Payments(2)
    Other(3)      Balance,
End of
Period
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2010

   $ 71,163       $ 6,334       $ (27,653   $ 534       $ 50,378   
                                           

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2009

   $ 15,149       $ 75,630       $ (26,185   $ 6,569       $ 71,163   
                                           

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2008

   $ 7,460       $ 12,952       $ (5,790   $ 527       $ 15,149   
                                           

 

(1) Includes charges for newly vacated spaces and subsequent adjustments for accretion, revised estimates, and variances between estimated and actual charges, net of any reversals for terminated lease obligations.
(2) See Note 11 “Leases” of these notes to our consolidated financial statements for the future minimum lease payments under operating leases for discontinued operations as of December 31, 2010.
(3) Includes existing deferred rent liability balances for newly vacated spaces that offset the losses incurred in the period recorded.

 

97


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

6. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS

Cash and cash equivalents and investments from our continuing operations consist of the following as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

     December 31, 2010  
            (Dollars in thousands)
Gross Unrealized
       
         Cost              Gain              (Loss)             Fair Value      

Cash and cash equivalents:

          

Cash

   $ 176,250       $ —         $ —        $ 176,250   

Money market funds

     112,936         296         —          113,232   
                                  

Total cash and cash equivalents

     289,186         296         —          289,482   
                                  

Short-term investments (available-for-sale):

          

U.S. Treasury bills

     159,672         7         (8     159,671   
                                  

Total cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 448,858       $ 303       $ (8   $ 449,153   
                                  

Long-term investments:

          

Municipal bonds

   $ 11,750       $ —         $ (439   $ 11,311   
                                  
     December 31, 2009  
            (Dollars in thousands)
Gross Unrealized
       
         Cost              Gain              (Loss)             Fair Value      

Cash and cash equivalents:

          

Cash

   $ 180,432       $ —         $ —        $ 180,432   

Money market funds

     103,530         372         —          103,902   
                                  

Total cash and cash equivalents

     283,962         372         —          284,334   
                                  

Short-term investments (available-for-sale):

          

U.S. Treasury bills

     200,320         61         (2     200,379   
                                  

Total cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 484,282       $ 433       $ (2   $ 484,713   
                                  

Long-term investments:

          

Municipal bonds

   $ 12,325       $ —         $ (745   $ 11,580   
                                  

In the table above, unrealized holding losses as of December 31, 2010 relate to cash equivalents and short-term investments that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than one year. The table also includes unrealized holding losses that relate to our long-term investments in municipal bonds, which are auction rate securities (“ARS”). When evaluating our investments for possible impairment, we review factors such as the length of time and extent to which fair value has been less than the cost basis, the financial condition of the investee, and our ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time that may be sufficient for anticipated recovery in fair value. The decline in the fair value of our municipal bonds through December 31, 2010 is attributable to the continued lack of activity in the ARS market, exposing these investments to liquidity risk.

Included in cash and cash equivalents above are amounts related to certain of our European campuses that are operated on a not-for-profit basis. The cash and cash equivalents related to these schools have restrictions which require that the funds be utilized for these particular not-for-profit schools. The amount of cash and cash

 

98


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

equivalents of our not-for-profit schools with restrictions was $58.5 million and $49.9 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Restrictions on cash balances have not affected our ability to fund operations.

Money market funds. Money market funds are mutual funds that invest in lower risk securities and generate low yields. Such funds maintain clear investment guidelines and seek to limit credit, market and liquidity risks.

Municipal bonds: Municipal bonds represent debt obligations issued by states, cities, counties, and other governmental entities, which earn federally tax-exempt interest. ARS generally have stated terms to maturity of greater than one year. We classify investments in ARS as non-current on our consolidated balance sheets within other assets. Auctions can “fail” when the number of sellers of the security exceeds the buyers for that particular auction period. In the event that an auction fails, the interest rate resets at a rate based on a formula determined by the individual security. The ARS for which auctions have failed continue to accrue interest and are auctioned on a set interval until the auction succeeds, the issuer calls the securities, or they mature. As of December 31, 2010, we have determined these investments are at risk for impairment due to the nature of the liquidity of the market over the past year. Cumulative unrealized losses as of December 31, 2010, amount to $0.4 million and are reflected within other comprehensive income as a component of stockholders’ equity. We believe this impairment is temporary, as we do not intend to sell the investments and it is unlikely we will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost basis.

U.S. Treasury bills: Debt obligations issued by the U.S. government that pay interest at maturity. U.S. Treasury bills are traded at discounts to par value and mature in one year or less.

A schedule of available-for-sale investments segregated by their original stated terms to maturity as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, are as follows:

 

     Less than
one year
     One to five
years
     Five to ten
years
     Greater than
ten years
     Total  
   (Dollars in thousands)  

Original stated term to maturity of available-for-sale-investments as of December 31, 2010

   $ 159,671       $ —         $ —         $ 11,311       $ 170,982   

Original stated term to maturity of available-for-sale-investments as of December 31, 2009

   $ 200,379       $ —         $ —         $ 11,580       $ 211,959   

Realized gains or losses resulting from sales of investments during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were not significant.

Fair Value Measurements

The fair value measure of accounting for financial instruments establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

As of December 31, 2010, we held investments that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. These investments (available-for-sale) consist of U.S. Treasury bills that are publicly traded and for which market prices are readily available.

 

99


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

As of December 31, 2010, we also held investments in ARS, which are classified as available-for-sale and reflected at fair value. The auction events for these investments have failed for the past year. The fair values of these securities are estimated utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis as of December 31, 2010. These analyses consider, among other items, the collateralization underlying the security investments, the creditworthiness of the counterparty, the timing of expected future cash flows, and the expectation of the next time the security is expected to have a successful auction. These securities were also compared, when possible, to other observable market data with similar characteristics.

Investments measured at fair value on a recurring basis subject to the disclosure requirements issued by the FASB ASC under Topic 820 – Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures at December 31, 2010 and 2009, were as follows:

 

     As of December 31, 2010  
     (Dollars in thousands)  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Municipal bonds

   $ —         $ —         $ 11,311       $ 11,311   

U.S. Treasury bills

     159,671         —           —           159,671   
                                   

Totals

   $ 159,671       $ —         $ 11,311       $ 170,982   
                                   

 

     As of December 31, 2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Municipal bonds

   $ —         $ —         $ 11,580       $ 11,580   

U.S. Treasury bills

     200,379         —           —           200,379   
                                   

Totals

   $ 200,379       $ —         $ 11,580       $ 211,959   
                                   

The following table presents our assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) as defined in FASB ASC Topic 820 at December 31, 2010:

 

     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 11,580   

Unrealized gain

     306   

Settlements

     (575
        

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 11,311   
        

7. STUDENT RECEIVABLES

Student receivables represent funds owed to the Company in exchange for the educational services that have been provided to a student. Student receivables are reflected net of an allowance for doubtful accounts and net of deferred tuition revenue. Student receivables, net are reflected on our consolidated balance sheets as components of both current and non-current assets.

Generally, a student receivable balance is written off once it reaches greater than 90 days past due. Although we analyze past due receivables, it is not practical to provide an aging of our non-current student receivable balances as a result of the methodology utilized in determining our earned student receivable balances. Student receivables are recognized on our consolidated balance sheets as they are deemed earned over the course of a

 

100


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

student’s program and/or term, and therefore cash collections are not applied against specifically dated transactions.

We do not accrue interest on past due student receivables, since interest is recorded only upon collection. Interest rates are determined at the time a payment plan is extended to a student.

Our standard student receivable allowance estimation methodology considers a number of factors that, based on our collection experience, we believe have an impact on our repayment risk and ability to collect student receivables. Changes in the trends in any of these factors may impact our estimate of the allowance for doubtful accounts. These factors include, but are not limited to: internal repayment history, repayment practices of previous extended payment programs and information provided by third-party institution who previously offered similar extended payment programs, changes in the current economic, legislative or regulatory environments and credit worthiness of our students. These factors are monitored and assessed on a regular basis. Overall, our allowance estimation process for student receivables is validated by trending analysis and comparing estimated and actual performance. The repayment risk associated with student receivables under extended payment plans is generally higher than those not related to extended payment plans; as such, the allowance for doubtful accounts for these student receivables as a percentage of outstanding student receivables is higher.

Student Receivables under Extended Payment Plans

The Company has provided funding under extended payment plans to certain of its students. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had committed approximately $85.4 million of funding through extended payment plans. This commitment is generally based upon an estimate of the amount of additional financial aid needed by the student for a given academic year, less an anticipated cancellation rate for those plans that are later reduced or cancelled out entirely. This estimated amount could vary materially from what is ultimately provided to our students. As of December 31, 2010, the amount of earned student receivables under extended payment plans, net of allowance for doubtful accounts and net of deferred tuition revenue was $9.0 million.

Recourse Loan Agreements

Previously, we had recourse loan agreements with Sallie Mae and Stillwater National Bank and Trust Company (“Stillwater”) which required us to repurchase loans originated by them to our students after a certain period of time. Our recourse loan agreement with Stillwater was terminated on April 29, 2007. Our recourse loan agreement with Sallie Mae ended on March 31, 2008.

Outstanding net recourse loan receivable balances for continuing operations as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 were $3.5 million and $8.5 million, respectively. These receivables are reported under non-current assets as a component of student receivables, net within the consolidated balance sheets.

 

101


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

Student Receivables Valuation Allowance

Changes in our current and non-current receivables allowance for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:

 

     Balance,
Beginning
of Period
     Charges to
Expense(2)
     Amounts
Written-off
    Balance,
End of
Period
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2010(1)

   $ 53,334       $ 106,930       $ (69,320   $ 90,944   
                                  

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2009

   $ 47,792       $ 57,024       $ (51,482   $ 53,334   
                                  

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2008

   $ 48,352       $ 42,978       $ (43,538   $ 47,792   
                                  

 

(1) In the first and third quarters 2010, we increased the reserve rates applied to outstanding student receivables balances attributed to our student extended payment plans and our previously terminated recourse loan programs. The increases resulted from lower repayment history experienced on these programs. In the fourth quarter 2010, we recorded additional bad debt expense of $5.9 million, or $0.05 per diluted share, for the correction of an error related to the allowance for doubtful accounts associated with our extended payment plan programs. The bad debt reserve rates are continually reviewed for appropriateness based upon historical repayment data as it becomes available.
(2) Charges to expense include an offset for recoveries of amounts previously written off of $9.7 million, $10.3 million and $9.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Fair Value Measurements

The carrying amount reported in our consolidated balance sheets for the current portion of student receivables approximates fair value because of the nature of these financial instruments as they generally have short maturity periods. It is not practicable to estimate the fair value of the non-current portion of student receivables, since observable market data is not readily available, and no reasonable estimation methodology exists.

8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

The cost basis and estimated useful lives of property and equipment for continuing operations as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

     December 31,    

Life

     2010     2009    
     (Dollars in thousands)      

Land

   $ 6,782      $ 5,283     

Building and improvements

     48,090        33,504      15-50 years

Computer hardware and software

     178,623        169,527      3 years

Classroom equipment and other instructional materials

     69,012        63,786      5-10 years

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     112,372        94,483      7 years

Leasehold improvements

     400,559        333,951      Shorter of Life of Lease or Useful Life

Vehicles

     879        788      5 years
                  
     816,317        701,322     

Less-Accumulated depreciation

     (449,542     (397,294  
                  

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 366,775      $ 304,028     
                  

 

102


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

Depreciation expense for continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, was $70.2 million, $64.3 million and $69.7 million, respectively. Depreciation expense for discontinued operations, included in the loss from discontinued operations, was $0.2 million, $2.4 million and $6.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

As of December 31, 2010, certain categories of assets previously classified under furniture, fixtures and equipment have been presented as a component of computer hardware and software. Prior period balances have been recast to be comparable to current period reporting.

Property and equipment was affected by asset impairment charges of approximately $0.3 million, $2.5 million and $4.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. During 2010, we recorded a $0.3 million asset impairment charge for one of our leased facilities within the University reportable segment. During 2009, we recorded a $2.5 million asset impairment charge for one of our owned facilities, resulting from its carrying value exceeding its current fair value. This noncash charge is reflected within Corporate and Other. During 2008, we recorded a $4.8 million asset impairment charge related to the reduction in asset carrying values for one of our leased facilities within Culinary Arts.

9. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for continuing operations during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows by segment:

 

     University      Health
Education
     Culinary
Arts
    International     Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Goodwill balance as of December 31, 2008

   $ 120,192       $ 136,610       $ 75,148      $ 44,122      $ 376,072   

Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes

     —           —           —          1,443        1,443   
                                          

Goodwill balance as of December 31, 2009

   $ 120,192       $ 136,610       $ 75,148      $ 45,565      $ 377,515   
                                          

Goodwill impairment

     —           —           (1,400     —          (1,400

Acquisition of IUM

     —           —           —          8,360        8,360   

Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes

     —           —           —          (2,999     (2,999
                                          

Goodwill balance as of December 31, 2010

   $ 120,192       $ 136,610       $ 73,748      $ 50,926      $ 381,476   
                                          

As a result of the realignment of our IADT schools, Harrington College of Design, Collins College and Brooks Institute into the University segment as well as Briarcliffe College and Brown College into the Health Education segment as of January 15, 2010, we reassigned the goodwill balances to each reporting unit in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350 – Intangibles – Goodwill and Other.

In December 2010, we made the decision to teach out one of our campuses within the Culinary Arts segment. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350 – Intangibles, Goodwill and Other, we calculated the amount of goodwill attributable to this school and recorded the related impairment of this goodwill as a result of the decision to cease operations. The amount of impairment recorded as a result of this decision was $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Based upon our fair value allocation for the acquisition of IUM, we recorded goodwill of approximately $8.4 million.

 

103


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the cost basis, accumulated amortization and net book value of intangible assets for continuing operations are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2010      December 31, 2009  
     Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Book
Value
     Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Book
Value
 
     (Dollars in thousands)      (Dollars in thousands)  

Amortizable intangible assets:

               

Accreditation rights

   $ 3,610       $ (602   $ 3,008       $ —         $ —        $ —     

Covenants not-to-compete

     62         (11     51         —           —          —     

Courseware

     14,636         (8,770     5,866         16,591         (14,591     2,000   

Other

     463         (295     168         263         (102     161   
                                                   

Amortizable intangible assets, net

   $ 18,771       $ (9,678   $ 9,093       $ 16,854       $ (14,693   $ 2,161   
                                                   

Non-amortizable intangible assets:

               

Accreditation, licensing, and Title IV Program participation rights

        $ 7,330            $ 10,213   

Trade names

          102,340              168,146   
                           

Non-amortizable intangible assets

          109,670              178,359   
                           

Intangible assets, net

        $ 118,763            $ 180,520   
                           

Amortizable intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated remaining useful lives, which range from less than one year to fifteen years. As of December 31, 2010, net intangible assets include certain accreditation, licensing, and Title IV Program participation rights and trade names that are considered to have indefinite useful lives and, in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350 – Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, are not subject to amortization but rather reviewed for impairment on at least an annual basis by applying a fair-value-based test.

In October 2010, we performed our annual impairment testing of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset balances and determined that there was no impairment to our goodwill and a $67.8 million impairment charge related to our Le Cordon Bleu trade name. This trade name impairment charge was a result of its carrying value exceeding its estimated fair value. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 820 – Fair Value Measurement, we utilized the relief from royalty method under the income approach, which requires amongst other things, an estimate for a reasonable royalty rate to calculate the estimated fair value of our trade name. The fair value of the Le Cordon Bleu trade name declined as a result of the changes being made to the Culinary Arts business model, since the Company has made the decision to change its operating model in early 2011. We believe this change will position us better to potentially appeal to an even broader market and responds to the current regulatory environment.

In October 2010, we determined that the accreditation rights associated with two of our institutions are no longer considered to be indefinite-lived assets. The decision to merge institutions for purposes of Title IV funding was made which resulted in the reclassification of these accreditation rights to definite-lived. We have assigned remaining useful lives of up to two years based upon the timing of when the accreditation rights for these institutions will cease to exist. As a result of our decision and in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, we performed an impairment test of these accreditation rights as of October 2010 and determined that there was no impairment.

 

104


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

Amortization expense from continuing operations was $1.2 million, $0.9 million and $1.2 million, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, estimated future amortization expense from continuing operations is as follows:

 

     (Dollars in thousands)  

2011

   $ 3,885   

2012

     2,465   

2013

     1,408   

2014

     726   

2015

     138   

2016 and thereafter

     471   
        

Total

   $ 9,093   
        

10. CREDIT AGREEMENTS

Our U.S. Credit Agreement with a syndicate of financial institutions, represented by, among others, an administrative agent expires on October 31, 2012, provides for borrowings up to $185.0 million and includes certain financial covenants including the maintenance of a maximum consolidated debt-to-EBITDA leverage ratio of 3.00:1, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.50:1, and a minimum annual consolidated ED financial responsibility composite score of 1.50. As of December 31, 2010, we had no outstanding borrowings under the U.S. Credit Agreement.

Selected details of our U.S. Credit Agreement as of and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
   2010     2009  
   (Dollars in thousands)  

U.S. Credit Agreement:

    

Credit availability

   $ 179,813      $ 174,856   

Outstanding letters of credit

   $ 5,187      $ 10,144   

Availability for additional letters of credit

   $ 44,813      $ 39,856   

Average daily revolving credit borrowings for the year ended

   $ —        $ —     

Weighted average annual interest rate

     0.00     0.00

Commitment fee rate

     0.10     0.10

Letter of credit fee rate

     0.50     0.50

The U.S. Credit Agreement requires that borrowings bear interest at fluctuating interest rates as determined by the Prime Rate or the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) for the relevant currency, plus the applicable margin based on our funded debt-to-EBITDA leverage ratio. Letters of credit bear a fee equal to the applicable margin based on our funded debt-to-EBITDA leverage ratio times the daily maximum amount available to be drawn under such letter of credit. The U.S. Credit Agreement also contains customary events of default, including our failure to pay any principal, interest or other amount when due, our violation of certain of our affirmative covenants or any of our negative covenants, including financial covenants, a breach of our representations and warranties, or a change in control. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, payment of our indebtedness may be accelerated and the lending commitments under the credit agreement may be terminated. As of December 31, 2010, we are in compliance with the covenants of our U.S. Credit Agreement.

 

105


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

11. LEASES

We lease most of our administrative and educational facilities and certain equipment under non-cancelable operating leases expiring at various dates through 2028. Lease terms generally range from five to ten years with one to two renewal options for extended terms. In most cases, we are required to make additional payments under facility operating leases for taxes, insurance and other operating expenses incurred during the operating lease period.

Effective January 19, 2010, we entered into a real estate lease for our new campus support center and portions of our AIU Online and CTU Online operations in Schaumburg, Illinois. This consolidation will reduce the number of our leased buildings and related square footage and allow us to maximize efficiencies and reduce overhead expenses. The lease for the new location creates a $48.1 million real estate obligation through 2022. In addition, we intend to make capital improvements to our new campus support center totaling approximately $52.0 million through 2011, of which approximately $42.2 million has been incurred as of December 31, 2010. The Company expects this consolidation initiative to result in base rent savings of approximately $2.5 million a year for the next twelve years beginning in 2011.

Certain of our leases contain rent escalation clauses or lease incentives, including rent abatements and tenant improvement allowances. Rent escalation clauses and lease incentives are taken into account in determining total rent expense to be recognized during the term of the lease, which begins on the date we take control of the leased space. Renewal options are taken into account in evaluating the overall term of the lease. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 840 – Leases, differences between periodic rent expense and periodic cash rental payments, caused primarily by the recognition of rent expense on a straight-line basis and tenant improvement allowances due or received from lessors, are recorded as deferred rent obligations on our consolidated balance sheets.

In addition, we have financed the acquisition of certain property and equipment through capital lease arrangements and have assumed capital lease obligations in connection with certain acquisitions. The current portion of our capital lease obligations for continuing operations is included within current maturities of capital lease obligations on our consolidated balance sheets, and the non-current portion of our capital lease obligations is included within capital lease obligations, net of current maturities on our consolidated balance sheets. The cost basis and accumulated depreciation of assets recorded under capital leases from continuing operating activities, which are included in property and equipment, are as follows as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

     December 31,  
   2010     2009  
   (Dollars in thousands)  

Cost

   $ 9,320      $ 9,936   

Accumulated depreciation

     (5,910     (5,410
                

Net book value

   $ 3,410      $ 4,526   
                

Depreciation expense for continuing operations recorded in connection with assets recorded under capital leases was $0.6 million, $1.2 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Rent expense, exclusive of related taxes, insurance, and maintenance costs, for continuing operations totaled approximately $117.0 million, $132.0 million and $129.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and is reflected in educational services and facilities expense in our consolidated statements of operations. Rent expense for discontinued operations, which is included in loss from discontinued

 

106


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

operations, was approximately $7.5 million, $87.3 million and $28.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. This includes pretax charges, net of reversals, of $6.3 million, $75.6 million and $13.0 million which are reflected within discontinued operations relating to future minimum lease obligations for campuses that ceased operations in 2010, 2009 and 2008 respectively. These campuses have remaining lease terms of up to nine years. See Note 5 “Discontinued Operations” of these notes to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

Remaining Lease Obligations

The Company has recorded lease exit costs over the past three years associated with its exit of space within Culinary Arts, Health Education, University and Corporate and Other. The current portion of the liability for these charges is reflected within other accrued expenses under current liabilities and the long-term portion of these charges are included in other liabilities under the non-current liabilities section of our consolidated balance sheets. Changes in our future minimum lease obligations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:

 

     Balance,
Beginning
of Period
     Charges
Incurred(1)
     Net Cash
Payments
    Other(2)     Balance,
End of
Period
 
   (Dollars in thousands)  

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2010

   $ 20,160       $ 4,557       $ (6,414   $ (84   $ 18,219   
                                          

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2009

   $ 8,603       $ 15,837       $ (4,505   $ 225      $ 20,160   
                                          

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2008

   $ 4,220       $ 12,018       $ (8,333   $ 698      $ 8,603   
                                          

 

(1) Includes charges for newly vacated spaces and subsequent adjustments for accretion, revised estimates and variances between estimated and actual charges.
(2) Includes existing deferred rent liability balances for newly vacated spaces that offset the losses incurred in the period recorded.

As of December 31, 2010, future minimum lease payments under capital leases and operating leases for continuing operations are as follows:

 

     Capital
Leases
    Operating
Leases
     Total  
   (Dollars in thousands)  

2011

   $ 1,056      $ 106,700       $ 107,756   

2012

     1,053        99,559         100,612   

2013

     219        93,693         93,912   

2014

     —          90,844         90,844   

2015

     —          80,033         80,033   

2016 and thereafter

     —          246,100         246,100   
                         

Total

   $ 2,328      $ 716,929       $ 719,257   
                   

Less—Portion representing interest at annual rates ranging from 5.21% to 6.25%

     (322     
             

Principal

     2,006        

Less—Current portion

     (783     
             
   $ 1,223        
             

 

107


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

As of December 31, 2010, future minimum lease payments under operating leases for discontinued operations are as follows:

 

     Operating Leases  
   (Dollars in thousands)  

2011

   $ 13,261   

2012

     13,279   

2013

     13,630   

2014

     13,785   

2015

     12,646   

2016 and thereafter

     23,375   
        

Total

   $ 89,976   
        

As of December 31, 2010, future minimum sublease rental income under operating leases for continuing and discontinued operations is as follows:

 

     Operating Subleases  
   Continuing
Operations
     Discontinued
Operations
 
   (Dollars in thousands)  

2011

   $ 273       $ 3,376   

2012

     193         3,279   

2013

     40         3,416   

2014

     —           3,495   

2015

     —           3,650   

2016 and thereafter

     —           7,462   
                 

Total

   $ 506       $ 24,678   
                 

12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Our estimated accrual for legal fees and settlements is presented within other current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. This accrual increased approximately $39.7 million from $3.8 million at December 31, 2009 to $43.5 million at December 31, 2010. The Company recorded legal expenses of $48.1 million during 2010 resulting from the settlements of certain legal matters. Of this pretax amount, $40.8 million was recorded within the Culinary Arts segment in connection with the settlement of the Amador and Adams actions described in “Student Litigation” below in this note. The remaining $7.3 million was recorded within the University segment and paid during the fourth quarter 2010.

Litigation

We are, or were, a party to the following legal proceedings that are outside the scope of ordinary routine litigation incidental to our business. Due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, we cannot predict the ultimate outcome of these matters. An unfavorable outcome of any one or more of these matters could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial position.

 

108


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

Student Litigation

Amador, et al. v. California Culinary Academy and Career Education Corporation; Adams, et al. v. California Culinary Academy and Career Education Corporation. On September 27, 2007, Allison Amador and 36 other current and former students of the California Culinary Academy (“CCA”) filed a complaint in the California Superior Court in San Francisco. Plaintiffs plead their original complaint as a putative class action and allege four causes of action: fraud; constructive fraud; violation of the California Unfair Competition Law; and violation of the California Consumer Legal Remedies Act. Plaintiffs contend that CCA made a variety of misrepresentations to them, primarily oral, during the admissions process. The alleged misrepresentations relate generally to the school’s reputation, the value of the education, the competitiveness of the admissions process, and the students’ employment prospects upon graduation, including the accuracy of statistics published by CCA.

On April 3, 2008, the same counsel representing plaintiffs in the Amador action filed the Adams action on behalf of Jennifer Adams and several other unnamed members of the Amador putative class. The Adams action also is styled as a class action and is based on the same allegations underlying the Amador action and attempts to plead the same four causes of action pled in the Amador action. The Adams action has been deemed related to the Amador action and is being handled by the same judge. The Adams action has been stayed.

Plaintiffs filed a Fourth Amended Complaint on or about March 19, 2010, alleging the same causes of action, but included a new claim based on violations of the California Education Code, which was recently reinstated by the California legislature. Defendants filed a motion to dismiss this new claim. The motion was taken under submission by the Court and has not been ruled on.

In October 2010, the parties reached agreement on all the material terms of a settlement and executed a formal settlement agreement as of November 1, 2010. The settlement is subject to court approval. The monetary component of the settlement involves payment by the Company of approximately $40.8 million to pay claims by all students who enrolled in CCA and/or graduated from CCA from September 28, 2003 through October 8, 2008. The payment includes plaintiffs’ attorneys’ fees and certain expenses to be incurred in connection with the implementation of the settlement. During 2010, the Company recorded a pretax charge of $40.8 million which represents our best estimate of the loss related to this matter.

Lilley, et al. v. Career Education Corporation, et al. On February 11, 2008, a class action complaint was filed in the Circuit Court of Madison County, Illinois, naming as defendants Career Education Corporation and Sanford-Brown College, Inc. Plaintiffs filed amended complaints on September 5, 2008 and September 24, 2010. The five plaintiffs named in the amended complaint are former students who attended a medical assistant program at Sanford-Brown College located in Collinsville, Illinois. The class is alleged to be all persons who enrolled in that program since July 1, 2003. The amended class action complaint asserts claims for alleged violations of the Illinois Private Business and Vocational Schools Act, for alleged unfair conduct and deceptive conduct under the Illinois Consumer Fraud and Deceptive Business Practices Act, as well as common law claims of fraudulent misrepresentation and fraudulent omission.

In the amended complaint filed on September 24, 2010, the plaintiffs allege that the school’s enrollment agreements contained false and misleading information regarding placement statistics, job opportunities and salaries and that Admissions, Financial Aid and Career Services personnel used standardized materials that allegedly contained false and/or deceptive information. Plaintiffs also allege that the school misused a standardized admissions test to determine program placement when the test was not intended for that purpose; failed to provide allegedly statutorily required loan repayment information; and misrepresented the transferability of credits. Plaintiffs seek compensatory, treble and punitive damages, disgorgement and restitution of all tuition monies received from medical assistant students, attorneys’ fees, costs and injunctive relief.

 

109


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

Defendants filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint on October 20, 2010. On October 27, 2010 the Court granted defendants’ motion with respect to plaintiffs’ fraudulent omission claims. The Court denied the motion with respect to the statutory claims under the Private Schools Act and the Illinois Consumer Fraud Act and the common law fraudulent misrepresentation claim.

By Order dated December 3, 2010, the Court certified a class consisting of all persons who attended SBC in Collinsville, Illinois and enrolled in the Medical Assisting Program during the period from July 1, 2003 through November 29, 2010. This class consists of approximately 2,300 members. Defendants filed a petition for leave to appeal the trial court’s class certification order to the Fifth District Court of Appeals. On February 10, 2011, the Fifth District Court of Appeals granted defendants’ petition for leave to appeal. While that appeal is pending, all proceedings in the Circuit Court are stayed.

Because of the many questions of fact and law that have already arisen and that may arise in the future, the outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain at this point. Based on information available to us at present, we cannot reasonably estimate a range of potential loss, if any, for this action because of the inherent difficulty in assessing the appropriate measure of damages and the number of potential class members who might be entitled to recover damages, if we were to be found liable. Accordingly, we have not accrued any liability associated with this action.

Surrett, et al. v. Western Culinary Institute, Ltd. and Career Education Corporation. On March 5, 2008, original named plaintiffs Shannon Gozzi and Megan Koehnen filed a complaint in Portland, Oregon in the Circuit Court of the State of Oregon in and for Multnomah County. Plaintiffs filed the complaint individually and as a putative class action and alleged two claims for equitable relief: violation of Oregon’s Unlawful Trade Practices Act (“UTPA”) and unjust enrichment. Plaintiffs filed an amended complaint on April 10, 2008, which added two claims for money damages: fraud and breach of contract. Plaintiffs allege that Western Culinary Institute, Ltd. (“WCI”) made a variety of misrepresentations to them, relating generally to WCI’s placement statistics, students’ employment prospects upon graduation from WCI, the value and quality of an education at WCI, and the amount of tuition students could expect to pay as compared to salaries they may earn after graduation. WCI subsequently moved to dismiss certain of plaintiffs’ claims under Oregon’s UTPA; that motion was granted on September 12, 2008. Shannon Gozzi subsequently withdrew as a named plaintiff and former named plaintiff Meghan Koehnen’s claims have been dismissed. Jennifer Schuster became a plaintiff, and when Ms. Koehnen’s claims were dismissed, she became the sole named plaintiff. The parties completed written discovery on class issues. On February 5, 2010, the Court entered a formal Order granting class certification on part of plaintiff’s UTPA and fraud claims purportedly based on omissions, denying certification of the rest of those claims and denying certification of the breach of contract and unjust enrichment claims. The class consists of students who enrolled at WCI between March 5, 2006 and March 1, 2010, excluding those who dropped out or were dismissed from the school for academic reasons. The class consists of approximately 2,600 members.

Because Ms. Schuster was not a member of the certified class (she enrolled before March 5, 2006), Plaintiff’s counsel recently substituted in a new class representative for her named Nathan Surrett pursuant to a stipulation among the parties which provided, among other things, that WCI retains the right to challenge whether the new class representative is adequate (with Plaintiff retaining the burden of proof on that issue). Plaintiffs filed a Fifth Amended Complaint on December 7, 2010, which included individual and class allegations by Mr. Surrett. Class notice is expected to be sent out shortly. The parties are currently engaged in merits discovery.

Because of the many questions of fact and law that have already arisen, and that may arise in the future, the outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain at this point. Based on information available to us at present, we cannot reasonably estimate a range of potential loss, if any, for this action because of the inherent difficulty in

 

110


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

assessing the appropriate measure of damages and the number of class members who might be entitled to recover damages, if we were to be found liable. Accordingly, we have not accrued any liability associated with this action.

Vasquez, et al. v. California School of Culinary Arts, Inc. and Career Education Corporation. On June 23, 2008, a putative class action lawsuit was filed in the Los Angeles County Superior Court entitled Daniel Vasquez and Cherish Herndon v. California School of Culinary Arts, Inc. and Career Education Corporation. The plaintiffs allege causes of action for fraud, constructive fraud, violation of the California Unfair Competition Law and violation of the California Consumer Legal Remedies Act. The plaintiffs allege improper conduct in connection with the admissions process during the alleged class period. The alleged class is defined as including “all persons who purchased educational services from California School of Culinary Arts, Inc. (“CSCA”), or graduated from CSCA, within the limitations periods applicable to the herein alleged causes of action (including, without limitation, the period following the filing of the action).” Defendants successfully demurred to the constructive fraud claim and the Court has dismissed it. Defendants also successfully demurred to Plaintiffs’ claims based on alleged violations of California’s former Educational Reform Act. Plaintiffs filed a third amended complaint on January 28, 2011. The parties are engaged in class discovery and the Court is expected to set a hearing on class discovery during the second quarter of 2011.

Because of the many questions of fact and law that have already arisen and that may arise in the future, the outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain at this point. Based on information available to us at present, we cannot reasonably estimate a range of potential loss, if any, for this action because our possible liability depends on whether a class is certified and, if so, the size of any such class, and an assessment of the appropriate measure of damages, if we were to be found liable. Accordingly, we have not accrued any liability associated with this action.

False Claims Act

False Claims Act Lawsuit. On July 28, 2009, we were served with a complaint filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, Atlanta Division. The complaint was originally filed under seal on July 14, 2008 by four former employees of the Dunwoody campus of our American InterContinental University on behalf of themselves and the federal government. The case is captioned United States of America, ex rel. Melissa Simms Powell, et al. v. American InterContinental University, Inc., a Georgia Corporation, Career Education Corp., a Delaware Corporation and John Doe Nos. 1-100.

On July 27, 2009, the Court ordered the complaint unsealed and we were notified that the U.S. Department of Justice declined to intervene in the action. When the federal government declines to intervene in a False Claims Act action, as it has done in this case, the private plaintiffs may elect to pursue the litigation on behalf of the federal government and, if they are successful, receive a portion of the federal government’s recovery. The action alleges violations of the False Claims Act, 31 U.S.C. § 3729(a)(1) and (2), and promissory fraud, including allegedly providing false certifications to the federal government regarding compliance with certain provisions of the Higher Education Act and accreditation standards. On September 1, 2009, we filed a motion to dismiss all of the claims which motion was denied by the Court in its Order of June 2, 2010. We filed our response on December 6, 2010, and the discovery phase of the lawsuit is presently underway.

Because of the many questions of fact and law that may arise, the outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain at this point. Based on information available to us at present, we cannot reasonably estimate a range of loss for this action because the complaint does not seek a specified amount of damages and it is unclear how damages would be calculated. Moreover, the case presents novel legal issues and discovery is in its early stages. Accordingly we have not accrued any liability associated with this action.

 

111


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

Telephone Consumer Protection Act Litigation

Fahey, et al v. Career Education Corporation; Rojas, et al v. Career Education Corporation. On August 4, 2010, a putative class action lawsuit was filed in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois, by Sheila Fahey alleging that she had received an unauthorized text message advertisement in violation of the Telephone Consumer Protection Act. On September 3, 2010, CEC removed this case to the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois. On November 22, 2010, CEC filed a motion to dismiss the Fahey case. That motion is still pending. On August 18, 2010, the same counsel representing plaintiffs in the Fahey action filed a similar lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois on behalf of Sergio Rojas containing similar allegations. Rojas, like Fahey, seeks class certification of his claims. The alleged classes are defined to include persons who received unauthorized text message advertisements from CEC. Rojas and Fahey each seek an award trebling the statutory damages to the class members, together with costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees. The Rojas case is in the earliest stages of discovery.

Because of the many questions of fact and law that may arise, the outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain at this point. Based on information available to us at present, we cannot reasonably estimate a potential range of loss for this action because these matters are in their early stages, and involve many unresolved issues of fact and law. Moreover, we do not know the number of class members, if any, entitled to recovery. Accordingly, we have not accrued any liability associated with these actions.

Wage & Hour Litigation

Kelly, et al. v. Career Education Corporation, et al. On or about December 20, 2010, Edward J. Kelly, Jon Pizzica, and Christopher Steinbrunn (“Plaintiffs”) filed a collective action complaint in the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania against CEC alleging that CEC had violated the Fair Labor Standards Act (“FLSA”) by failing to pay Plaintiffs for all of the hours that they worked, including overtime hours. Plaintiffs formerly worked as Admissions Representatives at Le Cordon Bleu Institute of Culinary Arts, Inc. (“LCB”) in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Their collective action complaint is brought on behalf of all current and former Admissions Representatives at all of CEC’s culinary arts strategic business units for the period commencing three years prior to the filing of the collective action complaint to the present. In their collective action complaint, Plaintiffs seek unspecified back overtime pay, attorneys’ fees and costs, and liquidated and/or compensatory damages. As of February 11, 2011, nine other former Admissions Representatives who worked at LCB in Pittsburgh joined the litigation.

On January 26, 2011, CEC filed an answer and defenses to the collective action complaint denying all material allegations. Discovery has not yet commenced. The Court has scheduled an Initial Case Management Conference for March 4, 2011.

Because of the many questions of fact and law that may arise, the outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain at this point. Based on information available to us at present, we cannot reasonably estimate a range of loss for this action because the case is in its early stages, and we do not know the number of putative collective action members, if any, entitled to recovery, or the amount they would be entitled to recover. Accordingly, we have not accrued any liability associated with this lawsuit.

Other Litigation

In addition to the legal proceedings and other matters described above, we are also subject to a variety of other claims, suits, and investigations that arise from time to time in the ordinary conduct of our business,

 

112


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

including, but not limited to, claims involving students or graduates and routine employment matters. While we currently believe that such claims, individually or in aggregate, will not have a material adverse impact on our financial position, cash flows, or results of operations, the litigation and other claims noted above are subject to inherent uncertainties, and management’s view of these matters may change in the future. Were an unfavorable final outcome to occur in any one or more of these matters, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on our business, reputation, financial position, cash flows, and the results of operations for the period in which the effect becomes probable and reasonably estimable.

Accrediting Body and State and Federal Regulatory Matters

The Florida campuses of Sanford-Brown Institute received a notice on November 5, 2010 from the State of Florida Office of the Attorney General that it has commenced an investigation into possible unfair and deceptive trade practices at these schools. The notice includes a subpoena to produce documents and detailed information for the time period from January 1, 2007 to the present about a broad spectrum of business practices at such schools. The Florida campuses of Sanford-Brown Institute have responded to the subpoena and are cooperating with the Florida Attorney General in the investigation. The Florida Attorney General’s website indicates that the Attorney General is conducting similar investigations of several other postsecondary education companies operating schools located in Florida.

AIU’s accrediting agency, the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools (“HLC”) will conduct a focused visit to evaluate AIU’s transition to a new undergraduate structure which was introduced in February 2010. The focused visit is currently scheduled for September 19 – 20, 2011.

Additionally, AIU submitted new academic program applications to HLC, which are being reviewed by HLC in accordance with its regular practices.

Due to their participation in Title IV programs, our schools and universities are subject to periodic program reviews by ED for the purpose of evaluating an institution’s compliance with Title IV requirements, identifying any liabilities to ED caused by errors in compliance, and improving future institutional capabilities.

As previously disclosed, ED conducted a program review of AIU in November 2009. On July 14, 2010, AIU received a copy of ED’s program review report, which is a preliminary report of ED’s findings from its program review. The Program Review Report identified six findings, two of which were deemed to be systemic findings by ED’s program review team. These two findings relate to AIU’s policy for determining student attendance in online courses for purposes of determining such students’ enrollment status, withdrawal dates and associated timing respecting the return of unearned Title IV funds. AIU disagrees with these two findings and is contesting the program review team’s proposed determination of what constitutes appropriate documentation or verification of online academic activity. The remaining four findings were isolated and generally relate to processing errors. We believe the amounts involved in these four findings are immaterial. AIU submitted its response to ED’s program review report on November 29, 2010 and is awaiting ED’s issuance of a Final Program Review Determination letter that will specify any required corrective action and amounts owed to ED, if any.

An ED program review final determination letter for Briarcliffe College was received and required the Company to refund approximately $0.9 million back to ED which was previously accrued for within our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2009. In addition, an ED program review report for Gibbs College – Livingston, NJ (school closed) and final determination letter for Katharine Gibbs School – New York, NY (school closed) are currently pending. The program review report and/or final determination letter will, generally,

 

113


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

cover a school’s main campus and any branch campuses. We are committed to resolving all issues identified in connection with these program reviews to ED’s satisfaction and ensuring that our schools operate in compliance with all ED regulations.

Our schools and universities are also subject to periodic audits by various regulatory bodies, including the U.S. Department of Education’s Office of Inspector General (“OIG”). The OIG audit services division commenced a compliance audit of CTU in June 2010, covering the period July 1, 2009 to June 30, 2010, to determine whether CTU has policies and procedures to ensure that CTU administers Title IV and other federal program funds in accordance with applicable federal regulations. The OIG audit is ongoing.

While we believe that our schools operate in substantial compliance with applicable statutes and regulations, we cannot predict the outcome of these matters, and any unfavorable outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial position.

13. INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 consists of the following:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Current provision

      

Federal

   $ 84,598      $ 73,267      $ 37,227   

State and local

     10,769        8,720        6,638   

Foreign

     5,716        2,474        2,972   
                        

Total current provision

     101,083        84,461        46,837   
                        

Deferred benefit

      

Federal

     (20,332     (2,116     (3,648

State and local

     (280     (1,159     (1,378

Foreign

     (184     (292     (1,177
                        

Total deferred benefit

     (20,796     (3,567     (6,203
                        

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 80,287      $ 80,894      $ 40,634   
                        

During 2010, 2009 and 2008, we recognized an income tax benefit of approximately $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.5 million, respectively, in connection with stock options exercised during the year. The related income tax benefits have been recorded as a reduction of accrued income taxes and an increase to stockholders’ equity.

 

114


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to our effective income tax rate for continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 is as follows:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
         2010             2009             2008      

Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate

     35.0     35.0     35.0

State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

     2.6        1.7        2.7   

Foreign tax rates

     (1.3     (1.4     (2.8

Tax exempt interest

     —          (0.1     (0.7

Valuation allowance

     (0.3     0.9        —     

Disposal of foreign operations

     —          —          (2.9

Tax credits

     (2.7     (0.3     (0.3

Other

     (0.8     (0.7     (0.8
                        

Effective income tax rate

     32.5     35.1     30.2
                        

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2010 was as follows:

 

     (Dollars in thousands)  

Gross unrecognized tax benefits as of January 1, 2010

   $ 29,357   

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     1,518   

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     (3,765

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     2,231   

Reductions due to settlements

     (810

Reductions due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations

     (215
        

Subtotal

     28,316   

Interest and penalties

     3,892   
        

Total gross unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2010

   $ 32,208   
        

The total amount of net unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate in future periods was $23.2 million and $23.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. We record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within provision for income taxes on our consolidated statements of operations. The total amount of accrued interest and penalties resulting from such unrecognized tax benefits was $3.9 million and $4.6 million as of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Our provision for income taxes included benefits related to the reduction of interest and penalties from unrecognized tax benefits of $0.7 million and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2008, we recognized $0.7 million of interest and penalties from unrecognized tax benefits in our consolidated results of continuing operations.

CEC and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. and in various state, local, and foreign jurisdictions. CEC and its subsidiaries are routinely examined by tax authorities in these jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2010, CEC had been examined by the Internal Revenue Service through our tax year ending December 31, 2007. In addition, a number of state and local examinations are currently ongoing. It is possible that these examinations may be resolved within twelve months. Due to the potential for resolution of federal, state and foreign examinations, and the expiration of various statutes of limitations, it is reasonably possible that

 

115


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

CEC’s gross unrecognized tax benefits balance may change within the next twelve months by a range of zero to $11.5 million.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities result primarily from temporary differences in the recognition of various expenses for tax and financial statement purposes, and from the recognition of the tax benefits of net operating loss carry forwards. Components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities for continuing operations as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2010     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Deferred income tax assets:

    

Accrued occupancy

   $ 5,181      $ 7,421   

Deferred rent obligations

     15,830        19,629   

Compensation and employee benefits

     25,392        28,182   

Tax net operating loss carry forwards

     7,523        7,834   

Valuation allowance

     (3,902     (3,842

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     12,231        5,791   

Covenant not-to-compete

     469        584   

Accrued settlements and legal

     15,400        1,169   

Deferred compensation

     390        436   

Accrued restructuring and severance

     462        183   

Asset impairment

     —          940   

Other

     3,809        3,281   
                

Total deferred income tax assets

     82,785        71,608   
                

Deferred income tax liabilities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     38,239        50,611   

Other

     7,789        5,036   
                

Total deferred income tax liabilities

     46,028        55,647   
                

Net deferred income tax asset

   $ 36,757      $ 15,961   
                

Net deferred income tax assets for continuing operations as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2010      2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Current deferred income tax assets, net

   $ 31,665       $ 12,774   

Non-current deferred income tax assets, net

     5,092         3,187   
                 

Net deferred income tax asset

   $ 36,757       $ 15,961   
                 

As of December 31, 2010, we have net operating loss carry forwards, for state income tax purposes, of approximately $90.6 million. These net operating loss carry forwards are available to offset various future state taxable income, if any, and expire between 2011 and 2029.

As of December 31, 2010, foreign subsidiary earnings of approximately $169.7 million are considered permanently invested in those businesses. Accordingly, U.S. income taxes have not been provided on such

 

116


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

foreign subsidiary earnings. A determination of the unrecognized deferred tax liability associated with permanently reinvested foreign subsidiary earnings is not practicable.

14. STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM

During 2010, we repurchased 5.4 million shares of our common stock for approximately $154.9 million at an average price of $28.54 per share. As of December 31, 2010, approximately $290.5 million was available under our authorized stock repurchase program to repurchase outstanding shares of our common stock. Stock repurchases under this program may be made on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions from time to time, depending on various factors, including market conditions and corporate and regulatory requirements. The stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date and may be suspended or discontinued at any time. The repurchase of shares of our common stock reduces the amount of cash available to pay cash dividends to our stockholders. We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock.

On October 18, 2010, our Board of Directors adopted a resolution to retire approximately 15.1 million shares of our treasury stock outstanding. The retirement of our treasury shares effectively reduces the number of shares of our common stock issued and also reduces the number of shares of our common stock held as treasury shares.

On November 15, 2010, we entered into a stock repurchase plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), in connection with our previously authorized stock repurchase program. A Rule 10b5-1 plan allows a company to repurchase its shares at times when it otherwise might be unable to do so under the 1934 Act’s insider trading rules. This stock repurchase plan facilitated purchases of our common stock under our previously authorized stock repurchase program. Purchases of common stock under this plan were subject to specified parameters and certain price and volume restraints as established in the plan. During January 2011, our designated broker repurchased on our behalf an additional 3.7 million shares of our common stock for $79.9 million at an average price of $21.47 per share under this plan. As a result, approximately $210.5 million was available under our previously authorized stock repurchase program to repurchase outstanding shares of our common stock as of January 31, 2011.

15. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Overview of Share-Based Compensation Plans

On May 13, 2008, the stockholders of CEC approved the Career Education Corporation 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2008 Plan”). The 2008 Plan authorizes awards of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock, performance units, annual incentive awards, and substitute awards. Any shares of CEC common stock that are subject to awards of stock options or stock appreciation rights payable in shares will be counted as 1.0 share for each share granted for purposes of the aggregate share limit and any shares of CEC common stock that are subject to any other form of award will be counted as 1.67 shares for each share granted for purposes of the aggregate share limit. The 2008 Plan replaced our 1998 Employee Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended (the “1998 Employee Plan”) and our 1998 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan (the “Directors’ Plan”). As of December 31, 2010 there were approximately 6.2 million shares of common stock available for future share-based awards under the 2008 Plan.

As of December 31, 2010, we estimate that pretax compensation expense of $15.0 million will be recognized over the next four years for all unvested share-based awards that have been granted to participants,

 

117


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

including both stock options and shares of restricted stock. We expect to satisfy the exercise of stock options and future distribution of shares of restricted stock by issuing new shares of common stock or by using treasury shares.

Stock Options. The exercise price of stock options granted under each of the plans is equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Employee stock options generally become exercisable 25% per year over a four-year service period beginning on the date of grant and expire ten years from the date of grant, unless an earlier expiration date is set at the time of the grant. Non-employee directors’ stock options expire ten years from the date of grant and generally become exercisable as follows: one-third on the grant date, one-third on the first anniversary of the grant date, and one-third on the second anniversary of the grant date. Both employee stock options and non-employee director stock options are subject to possible earlier vesting and termination in certain circumstances. Generally, if a plan participant terminates his or her employment for any reason other than by death or disability during the vesting period, he or she forfeits the right to unvested stock option awards. Since the inception of the plans, grants of stock options have only been subject to the service conditions discussed previously. No stock option grants have included performance or market conditions or other factors that affect stock option vesting.

Stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, under all of our plans was as follows:

 

     Options     Weighted Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (in
thousands)
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2007

     4,215,448      $ 34.74         
                

Granted

     953,262        14.44         

Exercised

     (139,900     18.41          $ 1,358   

Forfeited

     (624,540     29.20         

Cancelled

     (1,488,636     37.31         
                

Outstanding as of December 31, 2008

     2,915,634      $ 29.29         
                

Granted

     569,231        24.76         

Exercised

     (57,360     12.05          $ 695   

Forfeited

     (53,521     26.32         

Cancelled

     (160,882     40.24         
                

Outstanding as of December 31, 2009

     3,213,102      $ 28.30         
                

Granted

     626,664        29.53         

Exercised

     (51,528     14.87          $ 651   

Forfeited

     (84,779     27.07         

Cancelled

     (128,845     40.70         
                

Outstanding as of December 31, 2010

     3,574,614      $ 28.29         6.2 years       $ 4,994   
                

Exercisable as of December 31, 2010

     2,446,227      $ 29.92         5.2 years       $ 3,156   
                

 

118


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

The following table summarizes information with respect to all outstanding and exercisable stock options under all of our plans as of December 31, 2010:

 

     Options Outstanding      Options Exercisable  

Range of Exercise Prices

   Number of  Options
Outstanding
     Weighted Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted  Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in Years)
     Number
Exercisable
     Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 

$12.63    $12.63

     26,000       $ 12.63         0.36         26,000       $ 12.63   

$13.32    $13.32

     519,900       $ 13.32         6.65         281,200       $ 13.32   

$13.53    $22.04

     460,420       $ 19.25         7.67         380,086       $ 18.90   

$22.07    $26.15

     468,970       $ 24.99         5.90         236,214       $ 23.85   

$28.19    $28.19

     12,000       $ 28.19         5.58         12,000       $ 28.19   

$29.02    $29.02

     387,672       $ 29.02         9.17         —         $ 0.00   

$29.35    $29.73

     500,050       $ 29.56         4.68         439,875       $ 29.54   

$30.62    $32.91

     377,500       $ 30.86         7.34         249,500       $ 30.96   

$33.04    $34.70

     494,802       $ 34.45         4.84         494,052       $ 34.45   

$34.86    $68.24

     327,300       $ 55.69         3.50         327,300       $ 55.69   
                          
     3,574,614       $ 28.29         6.17         2,446,227       $ 29.92   
                          

Restricted Stock. Shares of restricted stock generally become vested either three years after the date of grant or 25% per year over a four-year service period beginning on the date of grant. Generally, if a plan participant terminates his or her employment for any reason other than by death or disability during the vesting period, he or she forfeits the right to the unvested shares of restricted stock. The vesting of shares of restricted stock is subject to possible acceleration in certain circumstances. Certain of the shares of restricted stock that we have granted to plan participants are subject to performance conditions that, even if the requisite service period is met, may reduce the number of shares of restricted stock that vest at the end of the requisite service period or result in all shares being forfeited. These awards are referred to as “performance-based restricted stock.”

The following table summarizes information with respect to all outstanding shares of restricted stock under our plans during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:

 

     Number of Shares     Weighted Average
Grant-Date Fair
Value Per Share
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2007

     765,387      $ 29.30   

Granted

     1,113,653        13.53   

Vested

     (48,000     30.00   

Forfeited

     (426,612     22.41   
          

Outstanding as of December 31, 2008

     1,404,428      $ 18.79   
          

Granted

     726,247        25.77   

Vested

     (207,665     26.96   

Forfeited

     (214,658     21.20   
          

Outstanding as of December 31, 2009

     1,708,352      $ 20.46   
          

Granted

     1,037,218        28.96   

Vested

     (283,932     27.58   

Forfeited

     (273,002     23.68   
          

Outstanding as of December 31, 2010

     2,188,636      $ 23.17   
          

 

119


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

Change in Control Provisions

Each of the share-based awards granted under the 2008 Plan, the 1998 Employee Plan and the Directors’ Plan, including stock options and shares of restricted stock, are subject to “change in control” provisions that accelerate vesting of outstanding equity awards under the plans under certain circumstances. As defined by these plans and their related amendments, a change in control generally is deemed to have occurred if, among other things, any corporation, person, or other entity (other than CEC, a majority-owned subsidiary of CEC or any of CEC’s subsidiaries, or an employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by CEC), including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, becomes the beneficial owner of our common stock representing more than 20% under our 1998 Employee Plan and Directors’ Plan (35% for any awards held by members of our Board of Directors and executives subject to reporting under Section 16 of the Exchange Act), or 35% under our 2008 Plan, of the combined voting power of our then outstanding common stock. Generally, under the 1998 Plans, accelerated vesting of outstanding awards occurs upon a change in control; under the 2008 Plan, which is a ‘double-trigger’ plan, accelerated vesting occurs when an award holder is terminated involuntarily not for cause within two years after a change in control of the Company.

If any person or entity, including a group, beneficially owned 20% or more, of the combined voting power of our then outstanding common stock as of December 31, 2010, triggering the accelerated vesting provisions of our 1998 Employee Plan discussed above, we would have recognized accelerated share-based compensation expense of approximately $0.6 million during 2010.

At December 31, 2010, no person or entity, including a group, beneficially owned 20% or more of the combined voting power of our outstanding common stock. However, the Company’s stock repurchase activities during January 2011 reduced total shares outstanding and resulted in increasing Blum Capital Partners LLP’s holdings to more than 20% of the combined voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result of this event, we recognized accelerated share-based compensation expense of approximately $0.6 million in January 2011 due to the accelerated vesting of certain options and restricted stock awards that were subject to the 20% change in control provision under our 1998 Plan.

Share-Based Awards Assumptions

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, the fair value of each stock option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. We recognize the value of share-based compensation as expense in our consolidated statements of operations during the vesting periods of the underlying share-based awards using the straight-line method. FASB ASC Topic 718 requires companies to estimate forfeitures of share-based awards at the time of grant and revise such estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from original projections.

 

120


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

The fair value of each stock option award granted during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. Our determination of the fair value of each stock option is affected by our stock price on the date of grant, as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, our expected stock price volatility over the expected life of the awards and actual and projected stock option exercise behavior. The weighted average fair value per share of stock option awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, and assumptions used to value stock options are as follows:

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2010     2009     2008  

Dividend yield

     —          —          —     

Risk-free interest rate

     2.5     2.2     2.6

Weighted average volatility

     52.4     55.0     52.2

Expected life (in years)

     5.8        6.5        5.7   

Weighted average grant date fair value per share of options granted

   $ 14.95      $ 13.48      $ 7.37   

Volatility is calculated based on the actual historical daily prices of our common stock over the expected term of the stock option award. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we utilized a range of expected volatility assumptions for purposes of estimating the fair value of stock options awarded during the period. Such volatility assumptions ranged from 51.2% to 54.1%.

The expected life of each stock option award is estimated based primarily on our actual historical director and employee exercise behavior.

The fair value of each share of restricted stock is equal to the fair market value of our common stock as of the date of grant, which is the closing price per share of our common stock on NASDAQ.

Outstanding performance-based restricted stock awards generally have three-year vesting provided that performance conditions are met based on corporate and business unit performance. Share-based compensation expense associated with performance-based restricted stock awards is recognized only to the extent that we believe performance conditions attributable to such awards will ultimately be satisfied.

16. WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES

The weighted average numbers of common shares used to compute basic and diluted net income per share for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2010      2009      2008  
     (In thousands)  

Basic common shares outstanding

     79,902         85,838         89,810   

Common stock equivalents

     948         580         279   
                          

Diluted common shares outstanding

     80,850         86,418         90,089   
                          

Included in stock options outstanding are options to purchase shares of our common stock that were not included in the computation of diluted net income per share. These shares were excluded because the options’

 

121


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

exercise prices were greater than the average market price of our common stock during the periods, and, therefore, the effect would have been anti-dilutive. The shares that would have had an anti-dilutive effect on our diluted net income per share for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were as follows (shares in thousands):

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2010      2009      2008  

Options that would have had an anti-dilutive effect

     2,420         2,201         1,808   

During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we issued 0.2 million, 0.2 million, and 0.3 million shares, respectively, of our common stock upon the exercise of employee stock options and the purchase of common stock pursuant to our employee stock purchase plan.

17. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Retirement Savings and Profit Sharing Plan

We maintain a defined contribution 401(k) retirement savings plan covering substantially all of our employees in the United States. Under the plan, an eligible employee may elect to defer receipt of a portion of the annual pay, including salary and bonus. We contribute this amount to the plan on the employee’s behalf and also make a matching contribution equal to 100% of the first 2% and 50% of the next 4% of the percentage of annual pay that the employee elects to defer. A participant is 100% vested at all times in the amounts the employee defers from annual pay. A participant becomes 100% vested in our matching contributions after two years of employee service. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we recorded expense for continuing and discontinued operations under this plan of approximately $11.5 million, $11.1 million, and $11.3 million, respectively, net of any forfeited employer matching contributions.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

We maintain an employee stock purchase plan that allows substantially all full-time and part-time employees to acquire shares of our common stock through payroll deductions over three month offering periods. The per share purchase price is equal to 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the last day of the offering period, and purchases are limited to 10% of an employee’s salary, up to a maximum of $25,000 per calendar year. We are authorized to grant up to 4.0 million shares of common stock under the employee stock purchase plan, and, as of December 31, 2010, 2.2 million shares of common stock have been issued under the plan.

Share-based compensation expense recorded during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, in connection with the compensatory elements of our employee stock purchase plan, was not significant.

18. SEGMENT REPORTING

During the first quarter of 2010, we realigned our resources by integrating our schools which previously comprised our Art & Design segment alongside AIU and CTU within the University segment. Harrington College of Design, Collins College and Brooks Institute joined the IADT schools in the alignment of the Art & Design group into the University segment. The realignment also shifted Brown College and Briarcliffe College into the Health Education segment.

 

122


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

As a result of the realignment, the Company now has four reportable segments consisting of University, Health Education, Culinary Arts and International. All prior period amounts have been recast to reflect our reporting segments as of December 31, 2010.

University includes our AIU, CTU, IADT, Harrington College of Design, Collins College and Brooks Institute schools. These schools collectively offer regionally and nationally accredited academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of business studies, visual communications and design technologies, film and video production, photography, health education, information technology, criminal justice, and education in an online, classroom or laboratory setting.

Health Education includes our Sanford-Brown schools, along with Brown College, Briarcliffe College, Missouri College and Gibbs College – Boston, MA. These schools collectively offer academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of health education, complemented by certain programs in business studies and information technology in a classroom, laboratory or online setting.

Culinary Arts includes our LCB schools that collectively offer culinary arts programs in the career-oriented disciplines of culinary arts, baking and pastry arts, and hotel and restaurant management in a classroom, kitchen or online setting.

International includes our INSEEC schools, IUM, and Istituto Marangoni schools located in France, Italy, the United Kingdom and Monaco, which collectively offer academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of business studies, health education, fashion and design, visual communications and technologies and luxury goods and services in a classroom or laboratory setting.

In December 2010, our final school within the Transitional Schools division, AIU – Los Angeles, CA ceased operations and is now reflected in Discontinued Operations. For more information please see Note 5, “Discontinued Operations” of these notes to our consolidated financial statements.

Segment performance is evaluated by the Company and its chief operating decision maker based on operating income. Adjustments to reconcile segment results to consolidated results are included under the caption “Corporate and Other,” which primarily includes unallocated corporate activity and eliminations.

 

123


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

Summary financial information by reportable segment is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

      Revenue     Operating
Income (Loss)
    Depreciation
and
Amortization
     Capital
Expenditures
     Total Assets(4)  

For the Year Ended, December 31, 2010

            

University(2)

   $ 1,159,291      $ 282,013      $ 18,797       $ 17,656       $ 255,294   

Health Education

     441,608        52,028        13,789         28,380         283,558   

Culinary Arts(3)

     387,884        (66,813     18,763         23,406         339,848   

International

     136,076        21,828        6,077         3,412         269,723   

Corporate and Other

     (623     (42,663     13,946         54,429         386,636   

Discontinued Operations

            —           25,797   
                                          

Total

   $ 2,124,236      $ 246,393      $ 71,372       $ 127,283       $ 1,560,856   
                                          

For the Year Ended, December 31, 2009

            

University

   $ 1,018,194      $ 195,081      $ 19,718       $ 18,292       $ 251,438   

Health Education

     362,692        42,072        10,462         24,930         269,121   

Culinary Arts

     332,236        14,873        18,441         4,452         366,694   

International

     121,188        18,853        3,358         19,318         242,214   

Corporate and Other

     (514     (41,919     13,225         6,990         401,750   

Discontinued Operations

            105         32,625   
                                          

Total

   $ 1,833,796      $ 228,960      $ 65,204       $ 74,087       $ 1,563,842   
                                          

For the Year Ended, December 31, 2008

            

University

   $ 907,066      $ 127,248      $ 26,518       $ 18,407      

Health Education

     308,169        14,168        12,030         8,699      

Culinary Arts

     328,313        (6,324     19,683         14,582      

International

     107,558        18,856        3,154         3,782      

Corporate and Other

     8        (39,104     9,559         7,985      

Discontinued Operations

            399      
                                    

Total

   $ 1,651,114      $ 114,844      $ 70,944       $ 53,854      
                                    

 

(1) Statement of operation balances including revenue, operating income and depreciation and amortization are presented above on a continuing operations basis. Total assets and capital expenditures are presented on a consolidated basis with continuing and discontinued operations.
(2) During 2010, University recorded $7.3 million of pretax legal expenses related to the settlements of legal matters and a $0.3 million asset impairment charge for one of our leased facilities within the University segment.
(3) During 2010, Culinary Arts recorded asset and goodwill impairment of $69.2 million including trade name impairment of $67.8 million and $1.4 million in goodwill impairment. Culinary Arts also recorded a $40.8 million pretax charge related to the settlement of a legal matter and additional bad debt expense for increases in reserve rates related to our student extended payment plans. Additionally, $4.6 million of bad debt expense was recorded within Culinary Arts in the fourth quarter 2010 resulting from the correction of an error in prior periods attributed to the calculation of the allowance for doubtful accounts associated with our extended payment plans.
(4) Total assets do not include the following intercompany activity: a) receivable or payable activity between schools and corporate and b) investments in subsidiaries.

 

124


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, no individual customer accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated revenues.

19. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL SUMMARY (UNAUDITED)

 

     Quarter      Total Year  

2010

   First      Second      Third(3)      Fourth(4)     
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)         

Revenue(1)

   $ 529,426       $ 527,739       $ 524,142       $ 542,929       $ 2,124,236   

Operating income(1)

     89,446         96,752         39,507         20,688         246,393   

Net income

     55,222         64,318         26,131         12,102         157,773   

Net income per share(2)

              

Basic

   $ 0.67       $ 0.81       $ 0.33       $ 0.15       $ 1.97   

Diluted

     0.66         0.80         0.33         0.15         1.95   
     Quarter      Total Year  

2009

   First      Second(5)      Third      Fourth(6)     
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)         

Revenue(1)

   $ 431,765       $ 436,852       $ 457,724       $ 507,455       $ 1,833,796   

Operating income(1)

     52,565         38,439         39,312         98,644         228,960   

Net income

     23,257         6,490         20,792         30,680         81,219   

Net income per share(2)

              

Basic

   $ 0.26       $ 0.07       $ 0.25       $ 0.36       $ 0.95   

Diluted

     0.26         0.07         0.25         0.36         0.94   

 

(1) As of December 31, 2010, the results of operations for American InterContinental University – Los Angeles, CA along with our campuses that had previously ceased operations or were sold are presented within discontinued operations for all periods presented.
(2) Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated independently for each of the quarters presented. Accordingly, the sum of the quarterly earnings per share amounts may not agree with the annual earnings per share amount for the corresponding year.
(3) Third quarter of 2010 net income includes pretax expense of $47.3 million associated with the settlements of legal matters.
(4) Fourth quarter 2010 net income includes pretax expense of $71.5 million related to asset impairments, including $67.8 million related to trade name impairment within Culinary Arts, $1.4 million related to goodwill impairment within Culinary Arts and $2.3 million related to an asset impairment charge recorded within Corporate and Other. In addition, approximately $7.7 million of severance expense was recorded during the fourth quarter 2010 associated with a reduction in force carried out in the first quarter 2011. Fourth quarter 2010 net income also included $5.9 million of additional bad debt expense related to correction of an error associated with the allowance for doubtful accounts for our extended payment plan programs.
(5) Second quarter 2009 net income includes pretax charges of $15.0 million in lease exit costs and $5.4 million for the fair value of remaining lease obligations for vacated space within discontinued operations.
(6) Fourth quarter 2009 net income includes pretax charges of $13.9 million related to the fair value of remaining lease obligations for space that was vacated offset by the receipt of $12.0 million related to the termination of certain insurance policies, within continuing operations and $43.9 million in pretax charges related to lease exit costs and the fair value of remaining lease obligations for vacated space within discontinued operations.

 

125


Table of Contents

CAREER EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008

 

20. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On January 13, 2011, Blum Capital Partners LLP became beneficial owner of 20.04% of our outstanding common stock due to the reduction of the Company’s outstanding common shares as a result of the Company’s repurchase of shares under its stock repurchase program. This resulted in accelerated vesting of certain stock options and restricted awards outstanding under our 1998 Employee Plan for share-based awards. As defined by the 1998 Plan, an acceleration of the vesting of outstanding awards under this Plan occurs upon the date of the triggering event. As a result, we recognized accelerated share-based compensation expense of approximately $0.6 million in January 2011.

Beginning in January 2011, the Company reassessed how it plans to analyze performance and make decisions on allocation of resources and as a result, in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 280 – Segment Reporting, we determined that the following reporting segments would be disclosed: CTU, AIU, Health Education, Culinary Arts, Art & Design and International. This change in reporting segments was a result of changes in the organizational structure. This will result in no change to our previously reported Health Education, Culinary Arts and International segments. Our previously reported University segment will now be divided into three components: CTU, AIU and Art & Design. The revenue and operating income of each of these components has previously been provided in conjunction with segment reporting.

Effective February 14, 2011, we entered into an insurance recovery settlement agreement related to a previously settled legal matter. As a result, we will record $7.0 million as a reduction to expense during the first quarter 2011.

 

126


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit

  

Incorporated by Reference to:

      3.1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Career Education Corporation (originally incorporated on January 5, 1994).    Exhibit 3.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2006.
      3.2   Sixth Amended and Restated By-laws of Career Education Corporation (Amended and Restated effective as of August 1, 2008).    Exhibit 3.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 20, 2010.
      4.1   Form of specimen stock certificate representing Common Stock.    Exhibit 4.1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, effective as of January 28, 1998.
      4.2   Credit Agreement dated as of October 31, 2007 among Career Education Corporation, as borrower, CEC Europe, LLC & Investors S.C.S., as the European borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, SunTrust Bank, as Documentation Agent, and the Other Lenders Party thereto. Schedules and exhibits to this Credit Agreement have not been included herewith, but will be furnished supplementally to the Commission upon request.    Exhibit 10.19 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2007.
  *10.1   Career Education Corporation 1998 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan.    Exhibit 10.5 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, effective as of January 28, 1998.
  *10.2   First Amendment to the Career Education Corporation 1998 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan dated as of May 17, 2002.    Exhibit 10.13 to our Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2002.
  *10.3   Second Amendment to the Career Education Corporation 1998 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan.    Exhibit 10.5 to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
  *10.4   Form of Non-Employee Director’s Stock Option Agreement under the Company’s 1998 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan.    Exhibit 10.6 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, effective as of January 28, 1998.
  *10.5   Career Education Corporation 1998 Employee Incentive Compensation Plan and the First, Second, Third, Fourth and Fifth Amendments thereto.    Exhibit B to our Proxy Statement dated April 16, 2004.
  *10.6   Sixth Amendment to the Career Education Corporation 1998 Employee Incentive Compensation Plan dated as of February 27, 2004.    Exhibit 10.14 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2004.
  *10.7   Seventh Amendment to the Career Education Corporation 1998 Employee Incentive Compensation Plan dated as of July 22, 2005.    Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2005.
  *10.8   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the Company’s 1998 Employee Incentive Compensation Plan.    Exhibit 10.4 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, effective as of January 28, 1998.
  *10.9   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the 1998 Employee Incentive Compensation Plan.    Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 24, 2006.
  *10.10   Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Executive Officers.    Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 25, 2008.

 

127


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit

  

Incorporated by Reference to:

  *10.11    Career Education Corporation Executive Severance Plan (Amended and Restated as of July 1, 2010).    Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 20, 2010.
  *10.12    Employment Agreement by and among Career Education Corporation, CEC Employee Group, LLC and Gary E. McCullough dated March 5, 2007.    Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 9, 2007.
  *10.13    First Amendment to Employment Agreement by and among Career Education Corporation, CEC Employee Group, LLC and Gary E. McCullough dated March 5, 2007.    Exhibit 10.22 to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
  *10.14    Letter Agreement by and between Career Education Corporation and Michael J. Graham dated August 13, 2007.    Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 22, 2007.
  *10.15    Letter Agreement by and between Career Education Corporation and Jeffrey D. Ayers dated December 6, 2007.    Exhibit 10.24 to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
+*10.16    Letter Agreement by and between Career Education Corporation and Robert Todd DeYoung dated September 2, 2009.   
  *10.17    Letter Agreement by and between Career Education Corporation and Deborah Lenart dated February 18, 2008.    Exhibit 10.25 to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
  *10.18    Separation Agreement and General Release effective December 29, 2010 by and between Deborah Lenart and Career Education Corporation.    Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on January 3, 2011.
  *10.19    Letter Agreement by and between Career Education Corporation and Thomas G. Budlong dated August 16, 2007.    Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 26, 2009.
  *10.20    Agreement dated November 17, 2008 by and between Career Education Corporation and Gregory L. Jackson.    Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 18, 2008.
  *10.21    2008 Incentive Compensation Plan.    Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 16, 2008.
  *10.22    First Amendment to the 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan.    Exhibit 10.30 to our Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2008.
  *10.23    Form of 2008 Non-qualified Stock Option Grant Agreement under the Career Education Corporation 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan.    Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 16, 2008.
  *10.24    Form of 2008 Restricted Stock Agreement under the Career Education Corporation 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan.    Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 16, 2008.
  *10.25    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (General Counsel).    Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 27, 2009.
  *10.26    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (General Counsel).    Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 27, 2009.

 

128


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit

  

Incorporated by Reference to:

  *10.27   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (General Counsel).    Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 27, 2009.
  *10.28   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement.    Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 27, 2009.
  *10.29   Form of Option Extension and Amendment Agreements dated February 20, 2009 between the Company and the following non-employee directors: Dennis H. Chookaszian, Patrick W. Gross, Thomas B. Lally, Steven H. Lesnik and Leslie T. Thornton.    Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 20, 2009.
  *10.30   Form of Option Extension and Amendment Agreements dated February 20, 2009 between the Company and the following non-employee directors: David W. Devonshire and Edward A. Snyder.    Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 20, 2009.
  *10.31   Form of Option Extension Agreement dated February 20, 2009 between the Company and Gregory L. Jackson.    Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 20, 2009.
  *10.32   Form of Option and Restricted Stock Amendment Agreements dated February 20, 2009 between the Company and its Section 16 reporting officers.    Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 20, 2009.
  *10.33   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement dated February 20, 2009 between the Company and Gary E. McCullough.    Filed as Exhibit 10.5 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 20, 2009.
  *10.34   Non-Employee Director Share Accumulation Program pursuant to the 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan.    Filed as Exhibit 10.36 to our
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.
  +21   Subsidiaries of the Company.   
  +23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.   
  +31.1   Certification of CEO Pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.   
  +31.2   Certification of CFO Pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.   
  +32.1   Certification of CEO Pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.   
  +32.2   Certification of CFO Pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.   

 

129


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit

  

Incorporated by Reference to:

+101    The following financial information from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for twelve months ended 2010, filed with the SEC on February 22, 2011, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text.   

 

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an Exhibit on this Form 10-K.
+ Filed herewith

 

130